Ford Transit Connect 2015 Owner's Manual
Advertisement
Advertisement
FORD
TOURNEO CONNECT /
TRANSIT CONNECT Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2014
All rights reserved.
Part Number: CG3623en 04/2014 20140827143417
Table of Contents
Introduction
About This Manual...........................................7
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
Data Recording..................................................9
Recommendation......................................10
Equipment.....................................................10
At a Glance - Tourneo-
LHDRHD
Front Exterior Overview.................................11
Rear Exterior Overview..................................12
Vehicle Interior Overview..............................13
Instrument Panel Overview - LHD............14
Instrument Panel Overview - RHD...........15
Instrument Panel Overview.........................17
At a Glance - Transit
Front Exterior Overview................................19
Rear Exterior Overview.................................20
Vehicle Interior Overview..............................21
Instrument Panel Overview........................22
Instrument Panel Overview........................23
Instrument Panel Overview........................25
Child Safety
Installing Child Seats.....................................27
Child Seat Positioning...................................31
Child Safety Locks.........................................34
Safety Belts
Fastening the Safety Belts..........................35
Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................36
Safety Belt Minder..........................................37
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation..................................38
Driver Airbag....................................................38
Passenger Airbag...........................................39
Side Airbags.....................................................40
Side Curtain Airbags.....................................40
Keys and Remote Controls
Frequencies...................................................41
Remote Control...............................................41
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control...........................................................42
Locks
Locking and Unlocking.................................43
Manual Liftgate..............................................46
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System........................48
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................48
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel.....................51
Audio Control....................................................51
Voice Control....................................................53
Cruise Control..................................................53
Information Display Control.......................53
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers........................................54
Autowipers.......................................................54
Windshield Washers.....................................55
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........55
Lighting
General Information......................................57
Lighting Control...............................................57
Autolamps........................................................58
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................59
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................59
Daytime Running Lamps............................60
Front Fog Lamps............................................60
1
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Table of Contents
Rear Fog Lamps.............................................60
Headlamp Leveling.......................................60
Cornering Lamps.............................................61
Direction Indicators.......................................62
Interior Lamps - Vehicles Without:
Panoramic Roof Panel.............................62
Interior Lamps - Vehicles With:
Panoramic Roof Panel.............................63
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows - Vehicles With:
One-Touch Down Driver Window.......64
Power Windows - Vehicles With: Rear
Power Windows ........................................64
Global Opening and Closing......................66
Exterior Mirrors................................................67
Interior Mirror...................................................68
Sun Shades......................................................68
Instrument Cluster
Gauges...............................................................70
Warning Lamps and Indicators..................71
Audible Warnings and Indicators -
Manual Transmission................................73
Audible Warnings and Indicators -
Automatic Transmission.........................74
Information Displays
General Information......................................75
Clock....................................................................79
Trip Computer..................................................79
Personalized Settings...................................79
Information Messages.................................80
Climate Control
Principle of Operation..................................85
Air Vents............................................................85
Manual Climate Control..............................86
Automatic Climate Control........................87
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................89
Rear Passenger Climate Controls.............91
Heated Windows and Mirrors.....................91
Auxiliary Heater...............................................92
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position....................97
Head Restraints..............................................97
Manual Seats..................................................98
Rear Seats.......................................................102
Heated Seats.................................................106
Rear Seat Armrest........................................107
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points...............................108
Cigar Lighter...................................................108
Storage Compartments
Cup Holders...................................................109
Center Console.............................................109
Overhead Console.......................................109
Folding Tray....................................................109
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information......................................111
Ignition Switch.................................................111
Steering Wheel Lock......................................111
Starting a Gasoline Engine - Manual
Transmission...............................................112
Starting a Gasoline Engine - Automatic
Transmission...............................................112
Starting a Diesel Engine..............................113
Diesel Particulate Filter...............................113
Switching Off the Engine............................114
Engine Block Heater.....................................114
Unique Driving Characteristics
Auto-Start-Stop............................................116
2
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Table of Contents
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions.......................................118
Fuel Quality - Gasoline................................119
Fuel Quality - Diesel.....................................119
Running Out of Fuel.....................................119
Catalytic Converter......................................120
Refueling...........................................................121
Fuel Consumption........................................122
Transmission
Manual Transmission - 5-Speed Manual
Transmission..............................................124
Manual Transmission - 6-Speed Manual
Transmission..............................................124
Automatic Transmission............................124
Brakes
General Information....................................128
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes...........................................................128
Parking Brake.................................................128
Transmission..............................................129
Transmission..............................................129
Traction Control
Principle of Operation..................................131
Using Traction Control.................................131
Stability Control
Principle of Operation.................................132
Using Stability Control................................132
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation.................................133
Parking Aid......................................................133
Rear View Camera.......................................136
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation.................................138
Using Cruise Control....................................138
Driving Aids
Speed Limiter.................................................139
Active City Stop............................................140
Load Carrying
General Information....................................142
Luggage Anchor Points..............................142
Rear Under Floor Storage..........................143
Cargo Nets.......................................................143
Roof Racks and Load Carriers.................144
Folding Bulkhead..........................................145
Towing
Towing a Trailer.............................................148
Trailer Sway Control....................................149
Towing Points................................................149
Transporting the Vehicle...........................150
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Manual Transmission.............................150
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Automatic Transmission.........................151
Driving Hints
Breaking-In......................................................152
Reduced Engine Performance.................152
Economical Driving......................................152
Cold Weather Precautions........................153
Driving Through Water................................153
Floor Mats........................................................153
Roadside Emergencies
Hazard Warning Flashers...........................155
First Aid Kit......................................................155
Warning Triangle...........................................155
Fuel Shutoff....................................................155
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................156
3
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Table of Contents
Fuses
Fuse Box Locations......................................158
Fuse Specification Chart...........................159
Changing a Fuse...........................................168
Maintenance
General Information....................................170
Opening and Closing the Hood...............170
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L EcoBoost™,
LHD.................................................................172
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L EcoBoost™,
RHD................................................................173
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L EcoBoost™,
LHD................................................................174
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L EcoBoost™,
RHD................................................................175
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, LHD........176
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, RHD........177
EcoBoost™.................................................178
EcoBoost™.................................................178
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi
(DV) Diesel..................................................178
Engine Oil Check...........................................178
Engine Coolant Check.................................179
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check..................179
Washer Fluid Check....................................180
Changing the 12V Battery.........................180
Checking the Wiper Blades......................180
Changing the Wiper Blades.......................181
Changing a Bulb............................................183
Bulb Specification Chart............................187
Technical Specifications - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel..................189
Technical Specifications - 1.0L
EcoBoost™..................................................191
Technical Specifications - 1.6L
EcoBoost™.................................................192
Vehicle Care
Cleaning the Exterior...................................195
Cleaning the Interior....................................195
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............196
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels........................196
Wheels and Tires
General Information....................................197
Temporary Mobility Kit...............................197
Tire Care...........................................................201
Using Winter Tires........................................201
Using Snow Chains......................................201
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........202
Changing a Road Wheel...........................205
Technical Specifications - Short
Wheelbase Kombi...................................210
Technical Specifications - Long
Wheelbase Kombi.....................................211
Technical Specifications - Short
Wheelbase Van.........................................212
Technical Specifications - Long
Wheelbase Van.........................................212
Technical Specifications - Short
Wheelbase Double Cab in Van............213
Technical Specifications - Long
Wheelbase Double Cab in Van............213
Capacities and Specifications
Vehicle Dimensions - Long Wheelbase
Kombi............................................................214
Vehicle Dimensions - Long Wheelbase
Double Cab in Van....................................214
Vehicle Dimensions - Short Wheelbase
Kombi............................................................215
Vehicle Dimensions - Short Wheelbase
Double Cab in Van....................................215
Towbar Dimensions.....................................216
Vehicle Identification Plate.......................217
Vehicle Identification Number.................218
Fuel Consumption Figures........................219
4
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Table of Contents
Audio System
General Information...................................220
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
Radio.............................................................221
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB) Radio/
SYNC............................................................230
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Digital Audio
Broadcast (DAB) Radio/Navigation
System.........................................................235
Digital Radio...................................................241
Audio Input Jack...........................................242
USB Port - Vehicles With: Single
Passenger Seat........................................243
USB Port - Vehicles With: Double
Passenger Seat........................................243
Media Hub......................................................243
Audio Troubleshooting..............................244
SYNC™
General Information...................................245
Using Voice Recognition...........................246
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............249
SYNC™ Applications and Services......260
Player............................................................267
SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................273
Navigation
Navigation......................................................283
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............292
End User License Agreement..................293
5
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
6
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about it, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat.
A
B
Right-hand side.
Left-hand side.
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle.
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
Air conditioning system
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Battery acid
Brake fluid - non petroleum based
7
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Introduction
Brake system
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
Child seat lower anchor
Child seat tether anchor
Cruise control
Do not open when hot
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
Explosive gas
Fan warning
Fasten safety belt
Front airbag
Front fog lamps
Fuel pump reset
Fuse compartment
Hazard warning flashers
Heated rear window
Heated windshield
Interior luggage compartment release
Jack
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
Panic alarm
8
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Introduction
Parking aid
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
Service engine soon
Side airbag
Shield the eyes
Stability control
Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
A large number of electronic components of your vehicle contain data storage modules temporarily or permanently storing technical data about the condition of the vehicle, events and errors.
In general, this technical information documents the condition of parts, modules, systems or the environment:
• Operating conditions of system components (e.g. filling levels).
• Status messages of the vehicle and its individual components (e.g. number of wheel revolutions/rotational speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration).
• Malfunction and defects in important system components (e.g. lighting and brake system).
• Vehicle reactions in particular driving situations (e.g. inflation of an airbag, activation of the stability regulation system).
• Environmental conditions (e.g.
temperature).
These data are exclusively technical and help identification and correction of errors as well as optimisation of vehicle functions. Motion profiles indicating travelled routes cannot be created with these data.
If services are used (e.g. repair works, service processes, warranty cases, quality assurance), employees of the service network (including manufacturers) are able to read out this technical information from the event and error data storage modules using special diagnostic devices.
If required, you will receive further information. After an error has been corrected, these data are deleted from the error storage module or they are constantly overwritten.
When using the vehicle, situations may occur in which these technical data related to other information (accident report, damages on the vehicle, witness statements etc.) may be associated with a specific person - possibly, with the assistance of an expert.
9
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Introduction
Additional functions contractually agreed upon with the client (e.g. vehicle location in emergency cases) allow the transmission of particular vehicle data from the vehicle.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine
Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection and dent resistance. During vehicle development we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non-Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty. For additional information, refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your own or others’ safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
10
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - TourneoLHDRHD
FRONT EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
A
D
E
B
C
F
G
H
See Locking and Unlocking (page 43).
See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 181).
See Changing a Bulb (page 183).
Tire pressures. See Technical Specifications (page 211).
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 205).
11
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - TourneoLHDRHD
REAR EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
F
G
D
E
H
A
B
C
See Changing a Bulb (page 183).
See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 181).
See Changing a Bulb (page 183).
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 205).
Tire pressures. See Technical Specifications (page 210).
(page 197). Spare wheel, jack and wheel brace.
(page 205). Towing eye. See Towing Points
12
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - TourneoLHDRHD
VEHICLE INTERIOR OVERVIEW
E
F
C
D
G
A
B
H
See Head Restraints (page 97).
See Fastening the Safety Belts (page 35).
See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 170).
13
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - TourneoLHDRHD
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW - LHD
E
J
I
K
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 85).
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators
Information display controls. See Information Displays (page 75).
Instrument cluster. See Gauges
(page 70). See Warning Lamps and
Audio control. See Audio Control
(page 51). Voice control. See Voice Control
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 54).
Information and entertainment display.
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 220).
Door lock indicator. See Locking and Unlocking (page 43).
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 155).
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 85).
14
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - TourneoLHDRHD
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
Parking aid switch. See Parking Aids (page 133).
Auto Start-stop switch. See Auto-Start-Stop (page 116).
Heated rear window switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 91).
Heated windshield switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 91).
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 111).
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 51).
Horn.
Cruise control switches. See Using Cruise Control (page 138).
Lighting control. See Lighting Control
(page 57). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 60). Rear fog lamp. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 60).
Headlamp leveling control. See Headlamp Leveling (page 60).
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW - RHD
15
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - TourneoLHDRHD
E
S
T
N
O
P
Q
R
K
L
J
I
M
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 85).
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators
Information display controls. See Information Displays (page 75).
Instrument cluster. See Gauges
(page 70). See Warning Lamps and
Audio control. See Audio Control
(page 51). Voice control. See Voice Control
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 54).
Information and entertainment display.
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 220).
Door lock indicator. See Locking and Unlocking (page 43).
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 155).
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 85).
Parking aid switch. See Parking Aids (page 133).
Start-stop switch. See Auto-Start-Stop (page 116).
Heated rear window switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 91).
Heated windshield switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 91).
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 111).
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 51).
Horn.
Cruise control switches. See Using Cruise Control (page 138).
Lighting control. See Lighting Control
(page 57). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 60). Rear fog lamp. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 60).
Headlamp leveling control. See Headlamp Leveling (page 60).
16
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - TourneoLHDRHD
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
17
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - TourneoLHDRHD
L
M
N
O
J
I
G
H
K
A
D
E
B
C
F
Air vents.
Direction indicator lever.
Information display controls.
Instrument cluster.
Audio control. Voice control.
Wiper lever.
Information display.
Audio unit.
Door lock indicator.
Hazard flasher switch.
Climate control.
Parking aid button.
Auto Start-Stop button.
Heated rear window button.
Heated windshield button.
P
Q
R
S
T
Ignition switch.
Steering wheel adjustment lever.
Horn.
Cruise control buttons.
Lighting control. Front fog lamp button. Rear fog lamp button.
Headlamp leveling control.
18
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - Transit
FRONT EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
E
F
C
D
G
A
B
H
See Locking and Unlocking (page 43).
See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 181).
See Changing a Bulb (page 183).
Tire pressures. See Technical Specifications (page 210).
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 205).
19
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - Transit
REAR EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
A
D
E
B
C
F
G
See Changing a Bulb (page 183).
See Changing a Bulb (page 183).
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 205).
Tire pressures. See Technical Specifications (page 210).
(page 197). Spare wheel, jack and wheel brace.
(page 205). Towing eye. See Towing Points
20
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - Transit
VEHICLE INTERIOR OVERVIEW
A
D
E
B
C
F
G
(page 64). See Exterior Mirrors (page 67).
See Fastening the Safety Belts (page 35).
See Head Restraints (page 97).
See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 170).
21
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - Transit
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
E
J
I
K
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 85).
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators
Information display controls. See Information Displays (page 75).
Instrument cluster. See Gauges
(page 70). See Warning Lamps and
Audio control. See Audio Control
(page 51). Voice control. See Voice Control
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 54).
Information and entertainment display.
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 220).
Door lock indicator. See Locking and Unlocking (page 43).
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 155).
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 85).
22
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - Transit
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
Parking aid switch. See Parking Aids (page 133).
Auto Start-stop switch. See Auto-Start-Stop (page 116).
Heated rear window switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 91).
Heated windshield switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 91).
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 111).
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 51).
Horn.
Cruise control switches. See Using Cruise Control (page 138).
Lighting control. See Lighting Control
(page 57). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 60). Rear fog lamp. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 60).
Headlamp leveling control. See Headlamp Leveling (page 60).
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
23
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - Transit
E
S
T
N
O
P
Q
R
K
L
J
I
M
F
G
H
A
B
C
D
Air vents. See Air Vents (page 85).
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators
Information display controls. See Information Displays (page 75).
Instrument cluster. See Gauges
(page 70). See Warning Lamps and
Audio control. See Audio Control
(page 51). Voice control. See Voice Control
Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 54).
Information and entertainment display.
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 220).
Door lock indicator. See Locking and Unlocking (page 43).
Hazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 155).
Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 85).
Parking aid switch. See Parking Aids (page 133).
Start-stop switch. See Auto-Start-Stop (page 116).
Heated rear window switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 91).
Heated windshield switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 91).
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 111).
Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 51).
Horn.
Cruise control switches. See Using Cruise Control (page 138).
Lighting control. See Lighting Control
(page 57). Front fog lamps. See Front
Fog Lamps (page 60). Rear fog lamp. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 60).
Headlamp leveling control. See Headlamp Leveling (page 60).
24
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - Transit
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
25
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
At a Glance - Transit
L
M
N
O
J
I
G
H
K
A
D
E
B
C
F
Air vents.
Direction indicator lever.
Information display controls.
Instrument cluster.
Audio control. Voice control.
Wiper lever.
Information display.
Audio unit.
Door lock indicator.
Hazard flasher switch.
Climate control.
Parking aid button.
Auto Start-Stop button.
Heated rear window button.
Heated windshield button.
P
Q
R
S
T
Ignition switch.
Steering wheel adjustment lever.
Horn.
Cruise control buttons.
Lighting control. Front fog lamp button. Rear fog lamp button.
Headlamp leveling control.
26
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD SEATS
of it!
WARNINGS
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child seat on a seat protected by an active air bag in front
WARNINGS
Your vehicle has a passenger airbag
deactivation switch. See Passenger
Airbag (page 39). You must switch
the airbag off when using a rearward facing child seat on the front seat. Make sure you switch the airbag back on following removal of the rearward facing child seat.
Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Use an approved child seat to secure children less than 59 inches (150 centimeters) tall on the rear seat.
Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions when you are installing a child seat. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Do not modify child seats in any way.
Failure to follow this warning could death.
result in serious personal injury or
Do not hold a child on your lap when your vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Do not leave unattended children in your vehicle. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the child seats checked by an authorized dealer. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Only child seats certified to ECE-R44.03
(or later) have been tested and approved for use in your vehicle. A choice of these are available from an authorized dealer.
Note: Mandatory use of child seats varies from country to country.
27
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Child Safety
Child Seats for Different Mass
Groups
Use the correct child seat as follows:
Rearward Facing Baby Safety Seat
Secure children that weigh less than 29 pounds (13 kilograms) in a rearward facing baby safety seat (Group 0+) on the rear seat.
Child Safety Seat
Secure children that weigh between 29 pounds (13 kilograms) and 40 pounds (18 kilograms) in a child safety seat (Group 1) on the rear seat.
Booster Seats
WARNINGS
Do not install a booster seat or a booster cushion with only the lap strap of the safety belt. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Do not install a booster seat or a booster cushion with a safety belt that is slack or twisted. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Do not put the safety belt under your child’s arm or behind their back.
Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Do not use pillows, books or towels to boost your child’s height. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Make sure that your child sits in an upright position. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Make sure the child seat rests tightly against the vehicle seat. If necessary, adjust the seatback to an upright position. It may also be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Head
Restraints (page 97). Failure to follow
this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
You must reinstall the head restraint following the removal of the child
seat. See Head Restraints (page
97). Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury or death.
Secure children that weigh more than 33 pounds (15 kilograms) but are less than 59 inches (150 centimeters) tall in a booster seat or a booster cushion.
28
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Booster Seat (Group 2)
Child Safety
ISOFIX Anchor Points
We recommend that you use a booster seat that combines a cushion with a backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
The raised seating position will allow you to position the shoulder strap of the adult safety belt over the center of your child’s shoulder and the lap strap tightly across their hips.
Booster Cushion (Group 3)
WARNING
Use an anti-rotation device when using the ISOFIX system. We recommend the use of a top tether or support leg. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Your vehicle has ISOFIX anchor points that accommodate universally approved
ISOFIX child seats.
The ISOFIX system has two rigid attachment arms on the child seat. These attach to anchor points on the second row seats, where the cushion and backrest meet. For child seats with a top tether, tether anchor points are on the underside or rear of the second row seats.
Note: When you are purchasing an ISOFIX seat, make sure that you know the correct mass group and ISOFIX size class for the
intended seating locations. See Child Seat
29
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Child Safety
Attaching a Child Seat With Top
Tethers
WARNING
Do not attach the top tether strap to anything other than the correct top tether strap anchor point. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions for installing a child seat with a top tether.
Attaching a Child Seat With a
Support Leg
WARNINGS
Make sure the support leg is long enough to reach the vehicle floor.
Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Make sure that the child seat manufacturer lists your vehicle as suitable for use with this type of child seat. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions for installing a child seat with a support leg.
30
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Child Safety
CHILD SEAT POSITIONING
WARNINGS
See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to our recommended child seats. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child seat on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it!
When using a child seat with a support leg, the support leg must rest securely on the floor. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
When using a child seat with a safety belt, make sure that the safety belt is not slack or twisted. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGS
Make sure the child seat rests tightly against the vehicle seat. If necessary, adjust the seatback to an upright position. It may also be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Head
Restraints (page 97). Failure to follow
this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
You must reinstall the head restraint following the removal of the child
seat. See Head Restraints (page
97). Failure to follow this warning could
result in serious personal injury or death.
Note: When using a child seat on a front seat, always adjust the front passenger seat as far back as possible. If it proves difficult to tighten the lap section of the safety belt without slack remaining, adjust the seatback to the fully upright position and raise the
height of the seat. See Seats (page 97).
Seating positions
Front passenger seat with airbag ON
Front passenger seat with airbag OFF
Fold-flat front passenger seat with airbag ON
Fold-flat front passenger seat with airbag OFF
Dual front passenger seat - center seat only
Mass group categories
0
Up to 22 lbs (10 kg)
0+
Up to 29 lbs (13 kg)
1
20 - 40 lbs
(9 - 18 kg)
2 3
33 - 55 lbs
(15 - 25 kg)
46 - 79 lbs
(22 - 36 kg)
X X UF¹ UF¹ UF¹
U¹
X
X
X
U¹
X
L¹
X
U¹
L¹
L¹
X
U¹
L¹
L¹
X
U¹
L¹
L¹
X
31
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Child Safety
0 0+
Mass group categories
1 2 3
Seating positions
Second row rear seats
Third row rear seats
Up to 22 lbs (10 kg)
Up to 29 lbs (13 kg)
U
U
U
U
20 - 40 lbs
(9 - 18 kg)
33 - 55 lbs
(15 - 25 kg)
46 - 79 lbs
(22 - 36 kg)
U
U
U
U
U
U
X Not suitable for children in this mass group.
U Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group.
U¹ Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group.
We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child seat, on a rear seat.
UF¹ Suitable for universal category forward facing child seats approved for use in this mass group. We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child seat, on a rear seat.
L¹ Suitable only for the following child seats:
• Group 0+: Britax Baby-Safe Plus (E1-04301146) also with Britax Baby-Safe Belted
Base (E1-04301146). Maxi-Cosi CabrioFix (E4-04443517) also with EasyBase 2
(E4-04443523) or EasyFix (E4-04443522).
• Group 1: Recaro Young Expert (E1-04301150). Britax Duo Plus (belted) (E1-04301133).
Britax Safefix (belted) (E1-04301199).
• Group 2 and 3: Britax Kidfix (belted only) (E1-04301198). Britax Kid (E1-04301148).
• We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child seat, on a rear seat.
32
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Child Safety
ISOFIX Child Seats
Seating positions
0
Mass group categories
0+
Rear facing
Up to 29 lbs (13 kg)
I
Forward facing
Rear facing
20 - 40 lbs (9 - 18 kg)
Front passenger seat Size class
Size type
Second row rear outboard seat ISOFIX
Size class
Size type
Not ISOFIX equipped
C, D, E 1 A, B, B1 1 C, D 1
IL
2
IL
2
, IUF
3
IL
2
Second row rear center seat
Third row rear seats
Size class
Size type
Size class
Size type
Not ISOFIX equipped
Not ISOFIX equipped
IL Suitable for use with particular ISOFIX child restraints systems in the semi-universal category. Refer to the child restraint system manufacturer vehicle recommendation list for additional information.
IUF Suitable for use with forward facing ISOFIX child restraints systems in the universal category.
1
The capital letters A to G define the ISOFIX size class for both universal and semi-universal child restraints systems. You can see the identification letters on ISOFIX child restraints.
2
At the time of going to print, the recommended Group O+ ISOFIX baby safety seat is the
Britax Roemer Baby Safe. See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to Ford recommended child seats.
3
At the time of going to print, the recommended Group 1 ISOFIX child seat is the Britax
Roemer Duo. See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to Ford recommended child seats.
33
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Child Safety
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
WARNING
You cannot open the doors from inside if you have put the child safety locks on.
The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock.
34
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Safety Belts
FASTENING THE SAFETY
BELTS
WARNINGS
You have not fastened the safety belt correctly if you do not hear a distinct click. Failure to fasten the safety belt correctly could reduce its effectiveness and increase the risk of injury in a crash.
Make sure that your safety belt is securely stored away and is not outside your vehicle when closing the door. Failure of an occupant to be able to use a trapped safety belt increases the risk of serious personal injury or death.
35
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Safety Belts
Using Safety Belts During
Pregnancy
Note: When not in use, place the safety belts in to the slots on the outboard trim.
Pull the safety belt out steadily. It may lock if you pull it sharply or if your vehicle is on a slope.
Insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear a distinct click.
To release the safety belt press the red button on the buckle. Hold the tongue and let the safety belt retract to its stowed position.
WARNING
Position the safety belt correctly for your safety and that of your unborn child. Do not use only the lap strap or the shoulder strap. Failure to adjust the safety belt correctly could reduce its effectiveness and increase the risk of injury in a crash.
Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt. The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow. The shoulder belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest.
SAFETY BELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Position the safety belt height adjuster so that the safety belt rests across the middle of your shoulder.
Failure to adjust the safety belt correctly could reduce its effectiveness and increase the risk of injury in a crash.
36
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Safety Belts
If you do not fasten your safety belt the warning switches off automatically after approximately five minutes.
Turning the Safety Belt Minder Off
Contact an authorized dealer.
1.
Press the button.
2. Slide the height adjuster up or down.
3. Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place.
SAFETY BELT MINDER
WARNING
The system will only provide protection when you use the safety belt correctly.
The warning lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound when the following conditions have been met:
• The front safety belts have not been fastened.
• Your vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed.
It will also illuminate and sound if a front safety belt is unfastened when your vehicle is moving.
37
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Extreme Hazard! Never use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it. Death or serious injury to the child can occur.
Do not modify the front of your vehicle in any way. This could adversely affect deployment of the airbags. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Wear a safety belt and keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. Only when you use the safety belt correctly, can it hold you in a position that allows the airbag to
achieve its optimum effect. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 97). Failure
to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Repairs to the steering wheel, steering column, seats, airbags and safety belts must be carried out by an authorized dealer. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Keep the areas in front of the airbags free from obstruction. Do not affix anything to or over the airbag covers.
In the event of a crash, hard objects could cause serious personal injury or death.
Do not puncture the seat with sharp objects. This could damage and adversely affect deployment of the airbags. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Use seat covers designed for seats with side airbags. Have these fitted by an authorized dealer. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal.
Note: Only wipe airbag covers with a damp cloth.
DRIVER AIRBAG
The airbag will deploy during significant frontal collisions or collisions that are up to 30 degrees from the left or the right. The airbag will inflate within a few thousandths of a second and deflate on contact with the occupant, thus cushioning forward body movement. During minor frontal collisions, overturns, rear collisions and side collisions, the airbag will not deploy.
38
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
PASSENGER AIRBAG
The key switch and the airbag deactivation warning lamp are located in the instrument panel.
The airbag will deploy during a significant frontal crash or crashes that are up to 30 degrees from the left or the right. The airbag will inflate within a few thousandths of a second and deflate on contact with the occupant cushioning forward body movement. During minor frontal crashes, sideways crashes, rear crashes or overturns, the airbag will not deploy.
Switching the Passenger Airbag
Off
WARNING
Extreme Hazard! You must switch the passenger airbag off when you are using a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger seat. Never use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an active airbag in front of it.
Death or serious injury to the child can occur.
A
B
Switch off
Switch on
Turn the switch to position A.
When you switch the ignition on check that the airbag deactivation warning lamp illuminates.
39
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
Switching the Passenger Airbag
On
WARNING
You must switch the passenger airbag on when you are not using a rearward child seat on the front passenger seat. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Turn the switch to position B.
When you switch the ignition on check that the airbag deactivation warning lamp does not illuminate.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING
Use seat covers designed for seats with side airbags. Have these fitted by an authorized dealer.
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS
The airbags are located over the front and rear side windows.
The airbag will deploy during significant lateral collisions. It will also deploy during significant frontal angled collisions. The curtain airbag will not deploy in minor lateral and frontal collisions, rear collisions, or overturns.
The airbags are located inside the seatback of the front seats. There is a label attached to the side of the seatback to indicate this.
The airbag will deploy during significant lateral collisions. The airbag will not deploy in minor lateral and frontal collisions, rear collisions, or overturns.
40
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
A decrease in operating range could be caused by:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around your vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions (e.g. amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, remote controls and alarm systems). If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure your vehicle is locked before leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive electrical components. Exposure to moisture or impact may cause permanent damage.
REMOTE CONTROL
You can program a maximum of eight remote controls to your vehicle. This includes any that were supplied with your vehicle. See an authorized dealer.
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
Note: When you press the unlock button either all the doors are unlocked or only the driver door is unlocked. Pressing the unlock button again unlocks all the doors.
Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons on the remote control simultaneously for at least four seconds with the ignition off.
The direction indicators will flash twice to confirm the change.
To return to the original unlocking function, repeat the process.
Changing the Remote Control
Battery
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority regarding recycling.
1.
Insert a screwdriver in the position shown and gently push the clip.
2. Press the clip downward to release the battery cover.
41
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
3. Carefully remove the battery cover.
Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or the printed circuit board with the screwdriver.
4. Turn the remote control over to remove the battery.
5. Install a new battery (3V CR 2032) with the + facing upward.
6. Replace the battery cover.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
You can purchase replacement keys or remote controls from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Remote
To re-program the passive anti-theft system see an authorized dealer.
42
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
Note: Check your vehicle is locked before leaving it unattended.
Note: Do not leave your keys in your vehicle.
Locking
Locking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle.
Locking with the Remote Control
Press the button.
Unlocking
Unlocking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle.
Unlocking with the Remote Control
Press the button.
Note: You can lock the driver door with the key. Use the key when the remote control is not functioning.
Double Locking
WARNING
Do not use double locking when passengers or animals are inside your vehicle. You will not be able to unlock the doors from the inside if you have double locked them.
Double locking is a theft protection feature that prevents someone from opening the doors from the inside.
Note: If you double lock your vehicle while inside, switch the ignition on to return the door locks to a single locked state.
Double Locking with the Key
Turn the key to the lock position twice within three seconds.
Double Locking with the Remote
Control
Press the button twice within three seconds.
Note: You can unlock the driver door with the key. Use the key when the remote control is not functioning.
Note: When you lock your vehicle for several weeks, the remote control will be switched off. Your vehicle must be unlocked and the engine started using the key.
Unlocking and starting your vehicle once will enable the remote control.
Unlocking the Liftgate
Press the button.
Note: The liftgate does not automatically
open. See Manual Liftgate (page 46).
Note: The liftgate will unlock if all the doors are unlocked.
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
You can reprogram the unlocking function so that only the driver door is unlocked.
Locking and Unlocking
Confirmation
When you lock your vehicle, the direction indicators flash to confirm your vehicle has locked.
When you unlock your vehicle, the direction indicators flash to confirm your vehicle has unlocked.
43
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Locks
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
From Inside
Press the button to lock and unlock all the doors. For item
location: See At a Glance (page
11). The lamp illuminates with the doors
locked.
Opening the Sliding Door
(If Equipped)
Opening the Double Rear Doors
(If
Equipped)
WARNING
If there is a ladder fitted to the rear cargo door, do not open the door fully if the side-loading door is open.
Locking the Doors Individually
With the Key
Note: If the central locking function fails to operate, the doors can be individually locked using the key in the position shown.
44
Left-hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock.
Right-hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock.
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Locks
Rear Emergency Exit
(If Equipped)
Pull the interior handle up to open the door in an emergency.
Automatic Locking
(If Equipped)
Your vehicle has the capability for the doors to lock automatically when you exceed 5 mph (8 km/h). You can turn this
function on using the information display.
See Information Displays (page 75). If
you have turned this function on, either use the interior door unlock button or switch the ignition off and use the key or remote control to unlock the rear or sliding door.
Automatic Re-Locking
The doors will re-lock automatically if you do not open a door within 45 seconds of unlocking the doors with the remote control. The door locks and the alarm will return to their previous state.
Automatic Unlocking
You can turn this function on using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 75). When enabled, the
automatic unlocking feature will unlock all doors within 10 minutes of the end of a drive cycle, when the driver door is opened and the ignition is off.
One-Stage Unlocking
You can turn this function on using the
information display. See Information
When you use this feature, you will unlock all doors including the liftgate and the sliding door.
You will unlock all of the doors when you:
• Turn the key in the door lock.
• Pull either interior handle (except if you have double locked the doors).
• Press the unlock button on the remote control once.
• Press the interior unlock button once.
Note: When you have double locked your vehicle, the interior unlock button will only work for a period of 11 seconds.
Two-Stage Unlocking
You will unlock the front doors when you:
• Turn the key in the door lock.
• Press the unlock button on the remote control once.
Note: When you have double locked your vehicle, the interior unlock button will only work for a period of 11 seconds.
45
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Locks
You will unlock all doors including the liftgate and the sliding door when you:
• Turn the key in the door lock to the unlock position twice within three seconds.
• Press the unlock button on the remote control twice within three seconds.
• Press the interior unlock button twice.
Note: When you have double locked your vehicle, the interior unlock button will only work for a period of 11 seconds.
Configurable Unlocking
Configurable unlocking is set at the time of vehicle purchase. It allows you to select which doors unlock when you press the unlock button or the luggage compartment unlock button on your remote control once or twice. You cannot turn this feature back on if you have had it turned off. See an authorized dealer for further information.
MANUAL LIFTGATE
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of your vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts. Make sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and properly using a safety belt. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGS
Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle. This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. If you must drive with the liftgate open, keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything from the spoiler, rear window or liftgate, for example a bike rack. This could damage the liftgate and its components.
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
To Open the Liftgate
1.
Press the unlock button, or the tailgate unlock button on the remote key.
2. Press the release button above the license plate to unlatch the liftgate.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while driving.
46
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
To Close the Liftgate
Locks
47
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
Principle of Operation
The system prevents someone from starting the engine with an incorrectly coded key.
Note: Do not leave correctly coded keys in the vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle.
Coded Keys
If you lose a key, you can obtain a replacement from an authorized dealer. If possible, provide them with the key number from the tag provided with the original keys. You can also obtain extra keys from an authorized dealer.
Note: Have all of your remaining keys erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have replacement keys coded together with recoding your remaining keys. See an authorized dealer for further information.
Note: Do not shield your keys with metal objects. This may prevent the receiver from recognizing a coded key.
Arming the Engine Immobilizer
When you switch the ignition off the engine immobilizer will arm automatically after a short time.
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer
When you switch the ignition on the engine immobilizer will disarm automatically if a correctly coded key is used.
If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
Alarm System
Your vehicle may have one of the following alarm systems:
• Category one alarm with interior sensors and battery back-up sounder.
• Perimeter alarm.
Perimeter Alarm
The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against unauthorized access to your vehicle through the doors, luggage compartment and the hood.
Interior Sensors
Note: Do not cover the interior scanning sensors.
The sensors act as a deterrent against unauthorized intrusion by sensing any movement within your vehicle.
Note: If your vehicle has a mesh bulkhead or no bulkhead the sensors will scan the complete interior. If your vehicle has any other type of bulkhead the sensors will only scan the cabin area.
48
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Security
Battery Back-up Sounder
The battery back-up sounder is an additional alarm system that will sound a siren when the alarm is triggered. When you lock your vehicle the system is armed.
The sounder has its own battery and will sound an alarm siren even if someone disconnects your vehicle battery or the battery back-up sounder itself.
Triggering the Alarm
Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any of the following ways:
• If someone opens a door, the liftgate or the hood without a valid key or remote control.
• If someone removes the audio or navigation system.
• If you switch the ignition on without a valid key.
• If the interior sensors detect movement within your vehicle.
• On vehicles with a battery back-up sounder, if someone disconnects your vehicle battery or the battery back-up sounder itself.
If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn will sound for 30 seconds and the hazard warning flashers will flash for five minutes.
Any further attempts to perform one of the above will trigger the alarm again.
Full Guard and Reduced
WARNING
Do not arm the alarm with full guard if passengers, animals or other moving objects are inside your vehicle. This could trigger the alarm.
Full Guard
Full guard is the standard setting.
In full guard, the interior sensors are on when you arm the alarm.
Note: The auxiliary heater can trigger false alarms; always direct the airflow toward the
foot well when you use the auxiliary heater.
See Climate Control (page 85).
Reduced
In reduced, the interior sensors are off when you arm the alarm.
Note: You can set the alarm to reduced for the current ignition cycle only. The alarm will reset to full guard the next time you switch the ignition on.
Selecting Full Guard or Reduced
You can select full guard or reduced using
the information display. See General
Note: Selecting reduced does not set the alarm permanently to reduced. It sets it to reduced only for the current ignition cycle.
If you regularly set the alarm to reduced, select Ask on Exit .
Ask on Exit
You can set the information display to ask you each time which level of guard you wish to set.
If you select Ask on Exit , the message
Reduced appears in the information display each time you switch the ignition
off. See Information Messages (page
If you wish to arm the alarm with the reduced level, press the OK button when this message appears.
If you wish to arm the alarm with full guard, leave your vehicle without pressing the OK button.
49
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Security
Arming the Alarm
To arm the alarm, lock your vehicle. See
Disarming the Alarm
Perimeter Alarm
Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking the doors with the key and switching the ignition on with a correctly coded key or unlocking the doors with the remote control.
Category One Alarm
Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking the doors with the key and switching the ignition on with a correctly coded key within 12 seconds or unlocking the doors with the remote control.
50
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
1.
Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position.
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL
Select the required source on the audio unit.
You can operate the following functions with the control:
51
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Type 1
Steering Wheel
Type 2
C
D
A
B
Volume up
Seek up, next or end call
Volume down
Seek down, previous or accept call
A
B
C
D
E
Volume up
Seek up or next
Volume down
Seek down or previous
Mode
Press M to select the audio source.
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset
• play the next or the previous track.
Press and hold the seek button to:
• tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band
• seek through a track.
52
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
VOICE CONTROL
Steering Wheel
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
Press the button to select or deselect voice
control. See SYNC™ (page 245).
CRUISE CONTROL
See Information Displays (page 75).
See Cruise Control (page 138).
53
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wipers and Washers
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers and vehicle power off before using an automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper
Blades (page 180). If that does not resolve
the issue, install new wiper blades. See
Changing the Wiper Blades (page ?).
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.
Intermittent Wipe
A
B
C
D
Single wipe.
Intermittent wipe.
Normal wipe.
High-speed wipe.
Note: Move to position O marked on the wiper lever to switch off.
A
B
C
Short-wipe interval.
Intermittent wipe.
Long-wipe interval.
Push the wiper lever up to switch the wipers on, and then use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers
(If Equipped)
When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers and ignition off before using an automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: If you switch autolamps and autowipers on, the headlamps automatically turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate.
54
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wipers and Washers
Note: During wet or winter driving conditions with ice, snow or a salty road mist, inconsistent or unexpected wiping or smearing may occur.
In these conditions, you can do the following:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers to reduce the amount of smearing on the windshield.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
• Switch autowipers off.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This may cause the washer pump to overheat.
Note: Do not operate the washers for more than 10 seconds at a time.
A
B
High sensitivity
On
C Low sensitivity
Note: Some autowiper levers may include a letter "A" within the icon.
Autowipers uses a rain sensor located in the area around the interior mirror. The rain sensor monitors the amount of moisture on the windshield and automatically turns the wipers on. It will adjust the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield.
Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the autowipers. When you select low sensitivity, the wipers will operate when the sensor detects a large amount of water on the windshield. When you select high sensitivity, the wipers will operate when the sensor detects a small amount of water on the windshield.
To use the washer, pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, wiping will continue for a short period of time.
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS
Rear Window Wiper
Note: Make sure you switch the rear window wiper and ignition off before using an automatic car wash.
55
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wipers and Washers
A
B
C
Intermittent wipe.
Low speed wipe.
Off.
Press the top of the button to switch intermittent wipe on. Press the top of the button again to switch low speed wipe on.
Press the bottom of the button to switch the rear window wiper off.
When you switch on the front wipers and move the gearshift lever to reverse (R), rear intermittent wipe automatically turns on.
Rear Window Washer
Push the lever away from you to operate the rear window washer. When you release the lever, wiping continues for a short period of time.
56
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in Lamp Assemblies
Exterior lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks, drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
LIGHTING CONTROL
Lighting Control Positions
A
B
C
Off
Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps, license plate lamps and tail lamps
Headlamps
Parking Lamps
Note: Prolonged use of the parking lamps will cause the battery to run out of charge.
Switch the ignition off.
Both Sides
Set the lighting control to position B.
57
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
One Side
Lighting
Headlamp Flasher
A
B
Right-hand side
Left-hand side
High Beams
Push the lever forward to switch the high beams on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off.
Pull the lever toward you slightly and release it to flash the headlamps.
Home Safe Lighting
Switching the System On
Switch the ignition off and pull the direction indicator lever toward the steering wheel. A tone will sound.
Switching the System Off
It will turn off automatically after three minutes with a door open or 30 seconds after the last door closes. Alternatively, pull the direction indicator lever toward the steering wheel or switch the ignition on.
AUTOLAMPS
58
The headlamps will switch on and off automatically in low light situations or during inclement weather.
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Lighting
The headlamps will remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off.
Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the
Information Displays (page 75).
When the headlamp switch is in the
Autolamps position, the windshield wiper activated exterior lamps will turn on within
10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on. The exterior lamps will turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off.
This feature does not turn on the exterior lamps:
• during a mist wipe
• while the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition
• if the wipers are in automatic or intermittent modes.
Note: If you have autolamps and autowipers switched on the low beam headlamps will turn on automatically when the windshield wipers operate continuously.
Note: You may have to manually switch the headlamps on in severe weather conditions.
Note: If you have autolamps switched on you can only switch the high beam headlamps on once the system has turned the headlamps on.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
Press it repeatedly or press it and hold it until the desired level is reached.
Note: If you disconnect the battery or it loses charge the instrument lighting will return to its brightest setting.
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you. You will hear a short tone. The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed. You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on.
59
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Lighting
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING
Always remember to switch your headlamps on in low light situations or during inclement weather. The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions. Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision.
To switch the system on:
1.
Switch the ignition on.
2. Switch the lighting control to the off or autolamp position.
FRONT FOG LAMPS
Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any position except off.
Note: Only use fog lamps during reduced visibility, for example, fog, snow or heavy rain.
Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can only switch the fog lamps on once autolamps has turned the headlamps on.
REAR FOG LAMPS
Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off.
You can only switch the rear fog lamps on when either the front fog lamps or low beam headlamps are on.
Note: Only use the rear fog lamps when visibility is less than 164 feet (50 meters).
Note: Do not use the rear fog lamps when it is raining or snowing.
Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can only switch the fog lamps on once autolamps has turned the headlamps on.
HEADLAMP LEVELING
Adjust the level of the headlamp beams according to your vehicle load.
Set the headlamp leveling control to zero when your vehicle is unloaded. Set the headlamp beams to give between
115–328 ft (35–100 m) of road surface illumination when your vehicle is partially or fully loaded.
To adjust the level of the headlamp beams:
60
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
CORNERING LAMPS
Lighting
1.
Press to release the control.
2. Rotate the control to the required setting.
3. Press to close the control.
A
B
Headlamp beam
Cornering lamp beam
The cornering lamps illuminate the inside of a corner when you are turning.
61
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Lighting
DIRECTION INDICATORS
Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change.
INTERIOR LAMPS - VEHICLES
WITHOUT: PANORAMIC ROOF
PANEL
Courtesy Lamp
If you set the switch to position B, the courtesy lamp will switch on when you unlock your vehicle, open a door or the liftgate. If you leave a door open with the ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp will switch off automatically after a short period of time to prevent your vehicle battery from losing charge. To switch it back on, switch the ignition on for a short period of time.
The courtesy lamp will also switch on when you switch the ignition off. It will switch off automatically after a short period of time or when you start the engine.
If you set the switch to position C with the ignition switched off, the courtesy lamp will switch on. It will switch off automatically after a short period of time to prevent your vehicle battery from losing charge. To switch it back on, switch the ignition on for a short period of time.
Reading Lamps
A
B
C
Off
Door contact
On
If you switch the ignition off, the reading lamps will switch off automatically after a short period of time to prevent your vehicle battery from losing charge. To switch them back on, switch the ignition on for a short period of time.
Luggage Compartment Lamp
The luggage compartment lamp will switch on and off automatically when you open and close the doors. If you unlock the doors with the remote control, they will switch on. They will switch off automatically after a short period of time.
62
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Lighting
INTERIOR LAMPS - VEHICLES
WITH: PANORAMIC ROOF
PANEL
Side Mounted Lamp
Center Mounted Lamp
A
B
C
Reading lamp on and off switch
Door function switch
All lamps on and off switch
Press switch B to turn all lamps off when a door is open. Press the switch again to turn all lamps on.
You can control all lamps using switch C.
A
B
C
D
Right-hand side reading lamp on and off switch
Left-hand side reading lamp on and off switch
Door function switch
All lamps on and off switch
Press switch C to turn all lamps off when a door is open. Press the switch again to turn all lamps on.
You can control all lamps using switch D.
Luggage Compartment Lamp
The luggage compartment lamp will switch on and off automatically when you open and close the doors. If you unlock the doors with the remote control, they will switch on. They will switch off automatically after a short period of time.
63
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Windows and Mirrors
POWER WINDOWS - VEHICLES
WITH: ONE-TOUCH DOWN
DRIVER WINDOW
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. They may seriously injure themselves.
When closing the power windows, you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings.
Accessory Delay
(If Equipped)
You can use the window switches for several minutes when you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door.
POWER WINDOWS - VEHICLES
WITH: REAR POWER
WINDOWS
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. They may seriously injure themselves.
When closing the power windows, you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings.
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise.
Press the switch to open the window.
Lift the switch to close the window.
One-Touch Down
(If Equipped)
Press the switch fully and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.
Press the control to open the window.
Lift the control to close the window.
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise.
64
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Windows and Mirrors
One-Touch Down
(If Equipped)
Press the control fully and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
(If Equipped)
Lift the control fully and release it. Press or lift it again to stop the window.
Window Lock
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls. It lights when the rear window controls lock.
Bounce-Back
(If Equipped)
The window stops automatically while closing. It reverses some distance if there is an obstacle in the way.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
When you override the bounce-back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
Proceed as follows to override this protection feature when there is a resistance, for example in winter:
1.
Close the window twice until it reaches the point of resistance and let it reverse.
2. Close the window a third time to the point of resistance. You disabled the bounce-back feature and you can now close the window manually. The window travels past the point of resistance and you can close it fully.
Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible if the window does not close after the third attempt.
Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
The bounce-back feature remains turned off until you reset the memory.
If you have disconnected the battery, you must reset the bounce-back memory separately for each window.
1.
Lift and hold the control until the window is fully closed.
2. Release the control.
3. Lift and hold the control again for a few seconds.
4. Release the control.
5. Lift and hold the control again for a few seconds.
6. Release the control.
7.
Press and hold the control until the window is fully open.
8. Lift and hold the control until the window is fully closed.
9. Release the control.
10.
Open the window and then try to close it automatically.
65
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Windows and Mirrors
11.
Repeat the procedure if the window does not close automatically.
Accessory Delay
(If Equipped)
You can use the window controls for several minutes after switching off the ignition or until opening either front door.
GLOBAL OPENING AND
CLOSING
You can also operate the power windows with the ignition off using the global opening and global closing function.
Note: Global opening will only operate for a short period of time after you have unlocked your vehicle using the remote control.
Note: Global closing will only operate if you have set the memory correctly for each
window. See Power Windows (page 64).
Global Opening
(If Equipped)
2. Press and hold the remote control unlock button for at least three seconds.
Press the lock or unlock button to stop the opening function.
Global Closing
(If Equipped)
WARNING
Take care when using global closing.
Failure to follow this warning could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. In an emergency, press the lock or unlock button immediately to stop.
To close all the windows, press and hold the remote control lock button for at least three seconds. Press the lock or unlock button to stop the closing function. The bounce-back function is also on during global closing.
To open all the windows:
1.
Press and release the remote control unlock button.
66
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Windows and Mirrors
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
(If Equipped)
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
Note: If you fold the mirrors using the manual fold button, you can only unfold them again manually.
Manual Folding and Unfolding
The power folding mirrors operate with the ignition on, and for several minutes after you switch the ignition off.
Note: You can only fold the mirrors when the controller is set to position B.
Note: Continuous folding and unfolding of the mirrors will cause them to overheat and shut down for a short time. This is to avoid permanent damage.
A
B
C
Left-hand mirror
Off
Right-hand mirror
Press the arrows to adjust the mirror.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products.
Automatic Folding and Unfolding
The mirrors will automatically fold or unfold when you use the key to lock or unlock your vehicle.
Press the down arrow to fold or unfold the mirrors.
Press the down arrow again to stop and reverse the direction of movement.
Note: Continuous folding and unfolding of the mirrors will cause them to overheat and shut down for a short time. This is to avoid permanent damage.
Fold Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position.
67
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Windows and Mirrors
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night.
Auto-Dimming Mirror
(If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. Mirror performance may be affected. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor.
The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle. It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up.
SUN SHADES
(If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Do not let children play with the sun shade or leave them unattended in the vehicle. They may seriously hurt themselves.
When closing the sun shade, you should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the sunshade.
The control is located in the overhead console.
The sun shade has a one-touch open and close feature. To stop motion during one-touch operation, press the control a second time.
Opening and Closing the Sun
Shade
Fully press and release the front of the control to open the sun shade.
Fully press and release the rear of the control to close the sun shade.
Bounce-Back
The sun shade will stop automatically while closing. It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way.
Sun Shade Relearning
WARNING
The bounce-back function is not active during this procedure. Make sure that there are no obstacles in the way of the moving sun shade.
Note: You must start the relearning process within 30 seconds of switching the ignition on.
In case the sun shade no longer opens or closes properly, follow this relearning procedure:
68
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Windows and Mirrors
1.
Press the front of the control to the first action point twice and release it within two seconds.
2. Press the rear of the control to the first action point twice and release it within two seconds.
3. Press and hold the front of the control to the first action point, until the sun shade fully opens.
4. Press and hold the rear of the control to the first action point, until the sun shade fully closes.
If you do not complete Step 2 within 15 seconds of Step 1, the relearning function end. Switch the ignition off, wait for another 30 seconds and then switch the ignition back on again. Start the procedure again from the beginning.
Confirm that relearning was successful by opening and closing the sun shade.
69
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
GAUGES
Instrument Cluster
A
D
E
B
C
Information display
Speedometer
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Fuel gauge
Tachometer
Information Display
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information display, it registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has traveled.
Outside Air Temperature
Shows the outside air temperature.
Trip Computer
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
See Personalized Settings (page 79).
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
WARNING
Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot.
Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can cause burns.
At normal operating temperature, the needle will remain in the center section.
70
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Instrument Cluster
If the needle enters the red section, the engine is overheating. Stop the engine, switch the ignition off and determine the
cause once the engine has cooled down.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
Note: Do not restart the engine until the cause of overheating has been resolved.
Fuel Gauge
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much remains in the fuel tank. The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient. The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious. Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work. If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle.
Anti-Lock Braking System Warning
Lamp
If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. You will continue to have the normal braking system
(without anti-lock braking system) unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Battery Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when driving, this indicates a malfunction. Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
Brake System Warning Lamp
WARNING
Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking performance may occur. It will take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately. Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury.
It will illuminate when you engage the parking brake with the ignition on.
If it illuminates when you are driving, check that the parking brake is not engaged. If the parking brake is not engaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
Cruise Control Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
Direction Indicator
Illuminates when the left or right direction indicator or the hazard warning flasher is turned on. If the indicators stay on or flash faster, check
for a burnt out bulb. See Changing a Bulb
71
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Instrument Cluster
Engine Oil Warning Lamp
WARNING
Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
Engine Warning Lamps
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Powertrain Warning Lamp
All Vehicles
If either lamp illuminates when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. The engine will continue to run but it may have limited power. If it flashes when you are driving, reduce the speed of your vehicle immediately. If it continues to flash, avoid heavy acceleration or deceleration. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
WARNING
Have this checked immediately.
If both lamps illuminate together, stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
(continued use may cause reduced power and cause the engine to stop). Switch the ignition off and attempt to restart the engine. If the engine restarts have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately. When the engine does not restart have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Fasten Safety Belt Warning Lamp
It will illuminate and a chime will sound to remind you to fasten
Front Airbag Warning Lamp
If it fails to illuminate when you start your vehicle, continues to flash or remains on, it indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Front Fog Lamps Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch the front fog lamps on.
Frost warning lamp
WARNING
Even if the temperature rises to above 39°F (4°C) there is no guarantee that the road is free of hazards caused by inclement weather.
It will illuminate when the outside air temperature is 39°F
(4°C) or below.
72
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Instrument Cluster
Glow Plug Indicator
High Beam Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch the high beam headlamps on. It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher.
Information Indicator
It will illuminate when a new message is stored in the information display. It will be red or amber in color depending on the severity of the message and will remain on until the cause of the message has been rectified.
See Information Messages (page 80).
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp
If it illuminates, refuel as soon as possible.
Headlamp and Parking Lamp
Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch the headlamps or parking lamps on.
Rear Fog Lamps Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch the rear fog lamps on.
Shift Indicator
It will illuminate to inform you that shifting to a higher or lower gear as indicated may give better fuel economy and lower
CO2 emissions. It will not illuminate during periods of high acceleration, braking or when the clutch pedal is pressed.
Stability Control Off Indicator
when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off.
It will illuminate when you switch the system off. It will go out
Stability Control Warning Lamp
It will flash when the system is active. If it remains illuminated or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, this indicates a malfunction. During a malfunction the system will switch off. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
Start-Stop Indicator
It will illuminate to inform you when the engine shuts down or
in conjunction with a message.
Information Messages (page 80).
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver door and you have left the key in the ignition with it in the off or accessory position.
73
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Instrument Cluster
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS - AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver door and you have left the key in the ignition with it in the off or accessory position.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime
Sounds when you have not moved the transmission selector lever to park. A message will be shown in the display.
74
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Information Display Controls
You can use the information display control on the steering wheel to adjust various system settings on your vehicle.
The instrument panel will display the system settings.
• Press the up or down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu.
• Press the right arrow button to enter a submenu.
• Press the left arrow button to exit a submenu.
• Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages.
Menu Structure - Information
Display
Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.
Trip computer
1
Trip odometer
Dist to empty
Instant fuel
Average fuel
75
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
Trip computer 1
Average speed
All values
1
Lighting
Display
Chimes
Convenience
Settings
Rain light
Auto highbeam
Hdlamp delay
Language
Measure unit
Temp unit
Information
Warning
Aux heater
Park heater
Locks
On or Off
On or Off
Manual or xx Seconds
Choose your applicable setting
Choose your applicable setting
Choose your applicable setting
On or Off
On or Off
On or Off
Time 1
Time 2
Once
Heat now
Auto lock
Auto unlock
Global unlock
Custom locking
Full guard
76
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
System reset
Settings
Alarm system
Hold OK to Reset System to
Factory Default
Reduced guard
Ask on exit
System Check
Active warnings will display first. The system check menu may appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status. Press the up or down arrow buttons to scroll through the list.
Menu Structure - Information and
Entertainment Display
SYNC-Media allows you to access the
SYNC features.
Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.
SYNC-Phone
Dial a number
Redial
Phonebook
Call history Incoming calls
Outgoing calls
Missed calls
Speed Dial
Text messaging
BT Devices
Phone settings Set as master
Phonebook pref.
Set ringtone
Phone status
Text msg notify
Emerg. Assist.
77
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
SYNC-Settings
SYNC-Apps
Audio settings
Vehicle settings
Clock settings
Menu
Bluetooth on
Set defaults
Master reset
Install on SYNC
System info
Voice settings
Browse USB
Adaptive volume
Sound
DSP settings
DSP equaliser
TA
News
Alt. frequency
RDS regional
DAB service link
Traction Control
ESC
Hill start assist
Alarm system
Powerfold mirrors
Indicator
Chimes
Auto time (GPS)
Set time
78
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
CLOCK
Type 1
To adjust the clock, switch the ignition on and press buttons H or M on the information and entertainment display as necessary.
Type 2
Note: Use the information display to adjust
the clock. See General Information (page
TRIP COMPUTER
Resetting the Trip Computer
Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip, distance, time and average fuel information.
Trip Odometer
Registers the distance traveled of individual journeys.
Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in the tank. Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary.
Menu
Set date
Set time zone
Summer time
24-hour mode
Average Fuel
Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was last reset.
Digital Speedometer
The speed your vehicle is traveling at will display as a digital number.
PERSONALIZED SETTINGS
Measure Units
To swap between imperial and metric units, scroll to this display and press the
OK button.
Switching Chimes Off
To switch chimes off, scroll to this display and press the OK button.
The following chimes can be switched off:
• Warning messages.
• Information messages.
79
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus.
The message indicator illuminates to supplement some messages. It will be red or amber depending on the severity of the message and will remain on until the cause of the message has been rectified.
Some messages will be supplemented by a system specific symbol with a message indicator.
Note: Depending on the options on your vehicle, not all of the messages will display or be available. Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which instrument cluster type you have.
Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display. Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time.
Airbag
Message
Airbag fault
Service now
Message Indicator
Amber
Action
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Alarm
Message
Alarm activated
Check Vehicle
Alarm fault
Service required
Message Indicator
Amber
-
Action
Displays when the alarm has been triggered
due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
80
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
Battery and Charging System
Message
Electrical system overvoltage
Stop safely
Message Indicator
Red
Battery low
See manual
Amber
Action
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the ignition off. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Displays to warn of a low battery condition.
Turn off all unnecessary electrical accessories. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Doors Open
Message
Driver door open
Driver side rear door open
Passenger door open
Passenger side rear door open
Hood open
Rear load compartment door open
Emergency rear door open
Driver door open
Driver side rear door open
Passenger door open
Passenger side rear door open
Message Indicator
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
-
-
-
-
Action
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and close.
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and close.
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and close.
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and close.
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and close.
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and close.
Vehicle is moving. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and close.
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Vehicle not moving. Close.
81
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
Message
Hood open
Rear load compartment door open
Emergency rear door open
Message Indicator
-
-
-
Action
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Vehicle not moving. Close.
Engine
Message
Engine fault
Service now
High engine temperature
Stop safely
Message Indicator
Amber
Red
Action
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Displays when the engine temperature is too high. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the ignition off and allow the engine to cool. If the problem persists, have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer as soon as possible. See
Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
Hill Start Assist
Message
Hill start assist not available
Message Indicator
Amber
Action
Displays when hill start assist is not available. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer as soon as possible. See
82
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
Lighting
Message
Brake lamp Bulb fault
Low beam Bulb fault
Headlamp fault
Service required
Message Indicator
-
-
Amber
Action
Displays when the brake lamp bulb has
burned out. See Changing a Bulb (page
Displays when the low beam headlamp
bulb has burned out. See Changing a Bulb
Displays when an electrical system problem occurs with the headlamp system. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Maintenance
Message
Oil change required
Brake fluid level low
Service now
Washer fluid level low
Message Indicator
-
Red
-
Action
Displays when the engine oil life is depleted
and requires a change. See Engine Oil
Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immedi-
ately. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check
(page 179). Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Displays when the washer fluid is low and
needs to be refilled. See Washer Fluid
Parking Aid
Message
Parking aid fault
Service required
Message Indicator
Amber
Action
Displays when the system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon
as possible. See Principle of Operation
83
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Information Displays
Parking Brake
Message
Park brake applied
Message Indicator
Red
Action
Displays when the parking brake is set, the engine is running and your vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Starting System
Message
Press brake to start
Cranking time exceeded
Message Indicator
-
-
Action
Displays when you start your vehicle as a reminder to apply the brake.
Displays when your vehicle fails to start.
Traction Control
Message
Traction control off
Message Indicator
-
Action
Displays when you switch the traction
control system off. See Using Traction
84
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Outside Air
Keep the air intakes in front of the windshield free from obstruction (such as snow or leaves) to allow the climate control system to function effectively.
Recirculated Air
WARNING
Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to mist up. If the windows mist up, follow the settings for demisting the windshield.
The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. Outside air does not enter your vehicle.
Heating
Heating performance depends on the temperature of the engine coolant.
General Information on Controlling the Interior Climate
Fully close all the windows.
Warming the Interior
Direct the air toward your feet. In cold or humid weather conditions, direct some of the air toward the windshield and the door windows.
Cooling the Interior
Direct the air toward your face.
Air Conditioning
The system directs air through the evaporator for cooling. The evaporator extracts humidity from the air to help keep the windows free of mist. The system directs the resulting condensation to the outside of your vehicle, which may cause a small pool to form under your vehicle.
This is normal.
Note: The air conditioning operates only when the temperature is above 39°F (4°C).
Note: When you use air conditioning, your vehicle uses more fuel.
AIR VENTS
Center Air Vents
To close the air vent, turn the thumbwheel above the vent fully downward.
85
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Side Air Vents
Climate Control
To close the air vent, slide the airflow direction control fully downward.
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
A
B
C
Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired fan speed.
Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the button illuminates and the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired temperature. If you select MAX A/C , the system distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel air vents. This mode is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning.
86
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
D
E
A/C: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents.
Air distribution control: Adjust the control to turn airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any combination of these vents.
Select to distribute air through the instrument panel air vents.
Select to distribute air through the instrument panel and footwell air vents.
Select to distribute air through the footwell air vents.
Select to distribute air through the windshield and footwell air vents.
Select to distribute air through the windshield air vents. You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. You can also increase the temperature and fan speed to improve clearing.
When the temperature is above 4°C
(39°F), the air conditioning will switch on automatically. Make sure that the blower is on. The indicator in the switch will illuminate during defrosting and demisting.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
87
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
I
AUTO: Press the button to select automatic operation. The system automatically controls the temperature, amount and distribution of the airflow to reach and maintain your previously selected temperature.
Fan speed: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Press the buttons to select the desired fan speed. The setting is shown in the display.
On and off button: Press the button to switch the system on and off.
MAX Defrost: Press the button to distribute outside air through the windshield air vents. Air conditioning is automatically selected. The fan is set to the highest speed and the temperature to HI. When the air distribution is set in this position you are unable to select recirculated air or manually adjust the temperature control. Press the AUTO button to return to auto mode.
MAX A/C: Press the button to distribute maximum air conditioning through the instrument panel air vents. This mode is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning.
Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates.
This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
Defrost: Press the button to distribute air through the windshield air vents. You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
Instrument panel: Press the button to distribute air through the instrument panel air vents.
Footwell: Press the button to distribute air through the footwell air vents.
Air conditioning: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle, drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes.
Temperature Control
You can set the temperature between
60°F (15.5°C) and 85°F (29.5°C). In position LO, the system switches to permanent cooling. In position HI, the system switches to permanent heating.
Note: If you select either position LO or HI, the system does not regulate a stable temperature.
88
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
Mono Mode
In this mode, the temperature settings for both the driver side and passenger side are linked. If you adjust the setting using the rotary control on the driver side, the system adjusts the temperature to the same setting on the passenger side.
Switching Mono Mode Off
Select a temperature for the passenger side using the rotary control on the passenger side. Mono mode automatically switches off. The temperature on the driver side remains unchanged. You can now adjust the driver side and passenger side temperatures independently. The temperature settings for each side are shown in the display.
Switching Mono Mode Back On
Press and hold the AUTO button. The passenger side temperature is adjusted to the driver side temperature setting.
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up.
Note: A small amount of air may be felt from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on.
Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats.
Note: Keep the air intakes in front of the windshield free from obstruction (such as snow or leaves) to allow the climate control system to function effectively.
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather, adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air vents position. Increase the temperature and fan speed and press the A/C button to improve clearing, if required.
Heating the Interior Quickly
• Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting.
• Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting.
• Adjust the air distribution control to the footwell air vents position.
Recommended Settings for
Heating
• Adjust the fan speed to the second speed setting.
• Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the hot settings.
• Adjust the air distribution control to the footwell and windshield air vents position.
Cooling the Interior Quickly
• Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting.
• Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.
• Adjust the air distribution control to the instrument panel air vents position.
89
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
Recommended Settings for
Cooling
• Adjust the fan speed to the second speed setting.
• Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the cold settings.
• Adjust the air distribution control to the instrument panel air vents position.
Vehicle Stationary for Extended
Periods During Extreme High
Ambient Temperatures
• Apply the parking brake.
• Move the transmission selector lever to position P or neutral.
• Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.
• Adjust the fan speed to the lowest speed setting.
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather
• Adjust the air distribution control to the instrument panel and windshield air vents positions.
• Press the A/C button.
• Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting.
• Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting.
• Direct the instrument panel side air vents toward the side windows.
• Close the instrument panel vents.
Maximum Cooling Performance in
Instrument Panel or Instrument
Panel and Footwell Positions
• Adjust the temperature control to the lowest setting.
• Press the A/C and recirculated air buttons.
• Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting initially and then adjust it to suit the desired comfort level.
90
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS
A
B
Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired fan speed or switch off.
Temperature and air distribution control: Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired temperature and distribution. Cool air distributes through the top air vents and warm air distributes through the footwell air vents.
Note: Switch the air conditioning on to cool the air through the rear air vents.
HEATED WINDOWS AND
MIRRORS
Note: Make sure the engine is running before operating the heated windows.
A
B
Heated windshield
Heated rear window or Heated exterior mirrors
91
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
Heated Windshield
Press the button to clear the heated windshield of thin ice and fog. Press the button again to switch it off. It will turn off automatically after a short period of time.
Heated Rear Window
Press the button to clear the heated rear window of thin ice and fog. Press the button again to switch it off. It will turn off automatically after a short period of time.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the heated rear window. Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.
Heated Exterior Mirrors
(If Equipped)
Press the button to clear the heated exterior mirrors of thin ice and fog. They will turn off automatically after a short period of time.
Note: On vehicles without a heated exterior mirror switch, they will turn on automatically when you switch the heated rear window on.
Note: On vehicles without a heated rear window, the heated rear window button will turn on the heated mirrors.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirror glass with a scraper. Do not adjust a frozen in place mirror glass. This may cause damage to the mirror glass or the heated exterior mirror assembly.
Note: Cleaning your windows and mirrors.
AUXILIARY HEATER
Fuel Operated Parking Heater
WARNING
Do not use the fuel operated parking heater at fuel filling stations or near sources of combustible vapors, dust or in enclosed spaces. This could result in serious personal injury or death.
The system warms the engine and the vehicle interior, using fuel from the vehicle fuel tank. The system will only operate when your vehicle is stationary with the engine switched off.
Used correctly the system will:
• Warm the engine and the vehicle interior.
• Keep the windows clear of ice in the event of frost and prevent condensation.
• Avoid cold starts to assist the engine to reach operating temperature sooner.
Following a heating cycle, if you do not start the engine the system will not turn on the next programmed heating cycle.
Following a heating cycle we recommend that you drive your vehicle for at least the same period of time as the heating cycle.
This prevents the vehicle battery from running out of charge.
We recommend you switch the system on for approximately 10 minutes every month to prevent the water pump or heater motor seizing.
92
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
The system will only operate if there is a minimum of 7.5 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel in the vehicle fuel tank and the outside air temperature is below 59°F (15°C). The system will not operate if the battery charge level is low.
Note: When the system is operating, exhaust fumes will come from under your vehicle. This is normal.
Note: On vehicles with manual climate control, heating the vehicle interior will
depend on the heater control settings. See
Programming the Fuel Operated
Parking Heater
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
Note: The time and date on your vehicle’s
clock must be set correctly. See Clock
(page 79). Vehicles with audio units that
only have AM/FM capability; the auxiliary heater clock settings must be set within the
Park heater menu.
Note: You must program the time at least
70 minutes before the time you wish to set.
Note: The programmed time is when you want your vehicle to be warm and ready to drive, not when the heater turns on.
To program the fuel operated parking heater, scroll to:
Message Action and Description
Settings
Convenience
Park heater
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
Time 1 Allows you to program a heating cycle for each day of the week. These times will remain stored and the system will warm up your vehicle at the programmed times.
Time 2 Allows you to program a second heating cycle for each day of the week. These times will remain stored and the system will warm up your vehicle at the programmed times.
Select to set a second heating cycle, for example different times on different days or twice on the same day.
Once
Heat now
Allows you to program one heating cycle for a specific day.
Switches the system on immediately.
93
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
Programming the Time Functions
Set the time you want your vehicle to be warm and ready to drive. Use the information display controls on the
steering wheel. See Information
1.
Select the desired days you want the system to warm up your vehicle.
Highlight each desired day and press the OK button.
2. Highlight the time at the top of the menu and press the OK button. The hours will flash.
3. Set the hours using the up and down arrow buttons.
4. Press the right arrow button. The minutes will flash. Set the minutes using the up and down arrow buttons.
Press the OK button.
Programming the Once Function
Selecting this function allows you to program one heating cycle for one specific day.
Set the time you want your vehicle to be warm and ready to drive. Use the information display controls on the
steering wheel. See Information
1.
Highlight the time at the top of the menu and press the OK button. The hours start to flash.
2. Set the hours using the up and down arrow buttons.
3. Press the right arrow button. Set the minutes using the up and down arrow buttons. Press the OK button.
Switching Programmed Functions Off
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
To switch the programmed functions off, scroll to:
Message Action and Description
Settings
Convenience
Park heater
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
Time 1 Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
Time 2
Once
Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
Uncheck the active programmed heating cycles as required.
94
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
Switching the Heat Now Function On
WARNING
Do not use the fuel operated parking heater at fuel filling stations or near sources of combustible vapors, dust or in enclosed spaces. This could result in serious personal injury or death.
Selecting this function allows you to switch the system on immediately.
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
To switch the heat now function on, scroll to:
Message
Settings
Convenience
Park heater
Heat now
Action and Description
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button. An X appears in the box when the heater is switched on. To switch the heater off, uncheck the option.
Switching the Heat Now Function On and Off Using the Remote Control
Selecting this function allows you to switch the system on immediately using the remote control.
Note: The vehicle does not need to be unlocked.
1.
Press the ON button on the remote control to switch the system on.
2. Press the OFF button on the remote control to switch the system off.
Fuel Operated Heater
WARNING
Do not use the fuel operated parking heater at fuel filling stations or near sources of combustible vapors, dust or in enclosed spaces. This could result in serious personal injury or death.
The heater operates by warming the engine cooling system, using fuel from the vehicle fuel tank. The system will only operate when your vehicle is stationary with the engine switched off.
The system will only operate if there is a minimum of 7.5 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel in the vehicle fuel tank. The system will not operate if the battery charge level is low.
The system automatically turns on and off depending on the engine coolant temperature when the outside air temperature is below 37°F (3°C), unless you have switched it off.
Note: The default setting is on.
Note: When the system is operating, exhaust fumes will come from under your vehicle. This is normal.
Note: On vehicles with manual climate control, heating the vehicle interior will
depend on the heater control settings. See
95
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Climate Control
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel. See Information
To switch the auxiliary heater on and off, scroll to:
Message Action and Description
Settings
Convenience
Aux heater
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button. An X appears in the box when the system is switched on.
96
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Seats
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Do not recline the seat backrest too far as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt, resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash.
Sitting improperly, out of position or with the seat backrest reclined too far, can result in serious injury or death in the event of a crash. Always sit upright against your seat backrest, with your feet on the floor.
Do not place objects higher than the seat backrest to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking.
When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest more than 30 degrees.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 10 inches
(25 centimeters) between your breastbone and the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a collision. Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving.
Adjusting the Head Restraints
Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head.
97
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Removing the Head Restraints
Front Head Restraint
Seats
Rear Center Head Restraint
1.
Press and hold the locking button.
2. Using a suitable implement release the retaining clip.
Rear Outer Head Restraint
1.
Press and hold the locking button.
2. Using a suitable implement release the retaining clip.
1.
Press and hold the locking button and remove the head restraint.
MANUAL SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position. Pull on the seatback to make sure that it has fully latched after returning the seatback to its original position. An unlatched seat may become dangerous if you stop suddenly or have a crash.
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
WARNING
Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged in its catch. An unlatched seat can be dangerous in a crash and could result in serious personal injury or death.
98
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Seats
Recline Adjustment
Adjusting the Lumbar Support
Adjusting the Height of the Driver
Seat
Single Passenger Seat
(If Equipped)
WARNINGS
When folding the seatback down, take care not to get your fingers caught between the seatback and seat frame. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury.
Do not sit behind a seat that you fold forward. This can increase the risk of serious personal injury in a crash.
99
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Folding the Seatback
Seats
Folding the Center Seatback Down
1.
Lift the lever.
2. Fold the seatback forward.
Dual Passenger Seat
(If Equipped)
WARNING
When folding the seatback down, take care not to get your fingers caught between the seatback and seat frame. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury.
Note: When loading long objects into your vehicle, for example pipes, timber or furniture, be careful not to damage the interior trim.
1.
Pull the strap on the side of the seatback.
2. Fold the seatback down.
100
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Folding the Center Seat Cushion Up
Seats
1.
Pull the strap on the side of the seatback.
2. Fold the seatback and seat cushion forward to the lower position.
Note: The seat cushion will fold automatically with the seat back.
Folding the Outer Seat Cushion Up
WARNING
Make sure that you fold the seat cushion down before you drive away.
Folding the Outer Seat Down
1.
Pull the release lever.
2. Fold the seat cushion up until it locks into place.
101
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Seats
Folding the Outer Seat Cushion Down Note: Fully lower the head restraint when
folding the seats. See Head Restraints
Vehicles With Five Seats
Folding the Seat Forward
1.
Pull the release lever.
2. Fold the seat cushion down until it locks into place.
REAR SEATS
WARNINGS
Do not use the bench seats as a bed when your vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
When folding or unfolding the seats take care not to get your fingers caught between the seatback and seat frame. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury.
Do not place objects on a folded seat. Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious personal injury.
1.
Pull the strap on the side of the seatback.
2. Fold the seatback forward.
3. Pull the strap on the rear of the seatback.
4. Raise the seat.
102
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Seats
Removing the Seats
5. Lift the support rod and connect it to the seat frame. This prevents the seat from falling backward.
Note: Rear row occupants can sit next to a seat in the same row that has the seatback in the folded position, but not when the seat is in the tilted position.
Unfolding the Seat
1.
Disconnect the support rod from the seat frame.
2. Unfold the seat backward and lock into position.
3. Unfold the seat back backward and lock into position.
1.
Raise the seat.
2. Rotate the locking lever.
3. Remove the seat.
Refitting the Seat
1.
Align the seat catches, push the seat down and lock into position.
2. Unfold the seat backward and lock into position.
3. Unfold the seat back backward and lock into position.
103
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Vehicles With Seven Seats
Second Row Seats
Folding the Seat Flat
Seats
Note: Fully lower the head restraint when
folding the seats. See Head Restraints
1.
Pull the strap on the side of the seatback.
2. Fold the seatback forward, then push down on the center of the seatback to lock the latches.
3. Pull the large strap on the rear of the seatback.
4. Move the seat forward to the lowered position, then push down on the center of the seatback to lock the latches.
Note: A distinct click will be heard when the seat is locked in the lowered position.
Note: Rear row occupants can sit next to a seat in the same row that has the seatback in the folded position, but not when the seat is in the tilted position.
104
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Unfolding the Seat
Seats
1.
Pull the large strap on the rear of the seatback, lift the seat and push down to lock into position.
2. Pull the short strap on the rear of the seatback, unfold the seat back backward and lock into position. Push down in the center of the seat to make sure the latches are locked.
Note: You cannot unfold the seat backrest if a red flag is visible on the large strap. Make sure the seat is locked and the red flag is not visible.
Third Row Seats
Moving the Seat Backward and Forward
WARNING
Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is locked into position. A seat that it is not locked into position can be dangerous in a crash and could cause serious personal injury or death.
Folding the Seat Flat
1.
Move the seat fully backward.
2. Pull the strap on the rear of the seat cushion.
3. Fold the seat cushion forward.
105
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Seats
Creating a Level Load Floor
4. Pull the strap on the rear of the seatback.
5. Fold the seatback forward.
Unfolding the Seat
1.
Pull the strap on the rear of the seatback.
2. Unfold the seat back backward and lock into position.
3. Unfold the seat cushion backward and lock into position.
The carpeted cover is held in position by magnets. Fold the carpeted cover forward to cover up the folded seats.
HEATED SEATS
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions, must exercise care when using the heated seat. The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This may cause the heated seat to overheat.
Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles or other pointed objects. This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.
106
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Seats
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running. Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge.
Adjust the control to the desired heat setting.
REAR SEAT ARMREST
Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cup holder.
107
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNINGS
Do not use the power point for operating a cigar lighter element, this can result in fire or serious injury.
Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point, this can result in fire or serious injury.
Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point.
Auxiliary power points may be found at the:
• Front of the floor console.
• Rear of the floor console.
• Right hand side of the luggage compartment.
To prevent the battery from running out of charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when your vehicle is parked for extended periods.
Note: When you switch the ignition on you can use the power point to power 12 volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 20 amps.
Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from an accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watt or a fuse may blow.
Note: Incorrect use of the power point can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use.
CIGAR LIGHTER
Press the element in to use the cigar lighter. It will pop out automatically.
Note: Do not hold the cigar lighter element pressed in.
108
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Storage Compartments
CUP HOLDERS
WARNINGS
Do not place hot drinks in the cup holders when your vehicle is moving.
Make sure that cups placed in the holders do not obstruct your vision while driving.
CENTER CONSOLE
Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking, acceleration or collisions, including hot drinks which may spill.
Available console features include:
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
WARNING
Do not place heavy objects in the storage compartment. Heavy objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury.
Rear Door Storage Compartment
(If Equipped)
A
B
C
Cupholder
Storage compartment with auxiliary input jack and USB port
Auxiliary power point
FOLDING TRAY
WARNING
Do not use the trays when your vehicle is moving. Make sure that you secure the trays in the lowered position before setting off.
109
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Storage Compartments
110
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles
(8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine.
IGNITION SWITCH
0 (off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in the ignition. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in position I or II (without the engine running) for too long to avoid vehicle battery losing charge.
II (on) - All electrical circuits operational.
Warning lamps and indicators are illuminated.
III (start) - cranks the engine. Release the key as soon as the engine starts.
STEERING WHEEL LOCK
WARNING
Always check that the steering is unlocked before attempting to move your vehicle.
To lock the steering wheel:
1.
Remove the key from the ignition switch.
2. Rotate the steering wheel slightly to engage the lock.
111
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
To unlock the steering wheel:
1.
Insert the key in the ignition switch.
2. Turn the key to position I .
Note: You may need to rotate the steering wheel slightly to assist unlocking if there is a steering wheel load applied.
STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
Cold or Hot Engine
1.
Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Start the engine.
If the engine does not start within 10 seconds, wait for a short period and try again.
If the engine does not start after three attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow the flooded engine procedure.
If you have difficulty starting the engine when the temperature is below -13°F
(-25°C), press the accelerator pedal to the mid-way point of its travel and try again.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal while the engine is starting will stop the engine cranking and return to ignition on.
Note: You can only operate the starter for a limited period of time, for example 10 seconds. The number of start attempts is limited to approximately six. If you exceed this limit, the system will not allow you to try again until a period of time has elapsed, for example 30 minutes.
Flooded Engine
1.
Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and hold it there.
3. Start the engine.
If the engine does not start, repeat the cold or hot engine procedure.
Engine Idle Speed after Starting
The speed at which the engine idles immediately after starting is optimized to minimize vehicle emissions and maximize cabin comfort and fuel economy.
The idle speed will vary depending on certain factors. These include vehicle component and ambient temperatures as well as electrical and climate system demands.
Failure to Start
If the engine does not crank when the clutch pedal has been fully depressed and the ignition key is turned to position III .
1.
Fully depress the clutch and brake pedals.
2. Turn the key to position III until the engine has started.
STARTING A GASOLINE
ENGINE - AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
Cold or Hot Engine
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1.
Move the transmission selector lever to position P or N .
2. Start the engine.
If the engine does not start within 10 seconds, wait for a short period and try again.
If the engine does not start after three attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow the flooded engine procedure.
112
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
If you have difficulty starting the engine when the temperature is below -13°F
(-25°C), press the accelerator pedal to the mid-way point of its travel and try again.
Note: You can only operate the starter for a limited period of time, for example 10 seconds. The number of start attempts is limited to approximately six. If you exceed this limit, the system will not allow you to try again until a period of time has elapsed, for example 30 minutes.
Flooded Engine
1.
Move the transmission selector lever to position P or N .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and hold it there.
3. Start the engine.
If the engine does not start, repeat the cold or hot engine procedure.
Engine Idle Speed after Starting
The speed at which the engine idles immediately after starting is optimized to minimize vehicle emissions and maximize cabin comfort and fuel economy.
The idle speed will vary depending on certain factors. These include vehicle component and ambient temperatures as well as electrical and climate system demands.
STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE
Cold or Hot Engine
1.
Switch the ignition on and wait until the glow plug indicator goes off.
2. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
3. Start the engine.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal while the engine is starting will stop the engine cranking and return to ignition on.
Note: When the temperature is below 5°F
(-15°C), you may need to crank the engine for up to 10 seconds.
Note: You can only operate the starter for a limited period of time.
Note: After a limited number of attempts to start your engine, the system will not allow you to try again until a period of time has elapsed, for example 30 minutes.
Failure to Start
If the engine does not crank when the clutch pedal has been fully depressed and the ignition key is turned to position III .
1.
Fully depress the clutch and brake pedals.
2. Turn the key to position III until the engine has started.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
The filter forms part of the emissions reduction system on your vehicle. It filters harmful diesel particulates (soot) from the exhaust gas.
Regeneration
WARNING
Do not park or idle your vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other combustible materials. The regeneration process creates very high exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust will radiate a considerable amount of heat during and after regeneration and after you have switched the engine off. This is a potential fire hazard.
Note: Avoid running out of fuel.
113
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: During regeneration at low speed or engine idle, you may smell a hot metallic odor and could notice a clicking metallic sound. This is due to the high temperatures reached during regeneration and is normal.
Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust sound may be heard during the regeneration process.
Note: After you have switched your engine off the fans may continue to run for a short period of time.
The diesel particulate filter on your vehicle requires periodic regeneration to maintain its correct function. Your vehicle will carry out this process automatically.
If your journeys meet one of the following conditions:
• You drive only short distances.
• You frequently switch the ignition on and off.
• Your journeys contain a high level of acceleration and deceleration.
You must carry out occasional trips with the following conditions to assist the regeneration process:
• Drive your vehicle in more favorable conditions, which you will find at higher vehicle speeds in normal driving, on a main road or freeway for a minimum of 20 minutes. This drive may include short stops that will not affect the regeneration process.
• Avoid prolonged idling and always observe speed limits and road conditions.
• Do not switch the ignition off.
• Select a suitable gear to ideally maintain engine speed between 1500 and 3000 RPM.
SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE
Vehicles With a Turbocharger
WARNING
Do not switch the engine off when it is running at high speed. If you do, the turbocharger will continue running after the engine oil pressure has dropped to zero. This will lead to premature turbocharger bearing wear.
Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until the engine has reached idle speed and then switch it off.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
WARNINGS
Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of electrical shock.
Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant. This allows the climate control system to respond quickly. The equipment includes a heater element (installed in the engine block) and a wire harness. You can connect the system to a grounded 220-240 volt AC electrical source.
114
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation:
• Use an extension cord suitable for use outdoors and in cold temperatures. It should be clearly marked that it is suitable for use with outdoor appliances. Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water. This could cause an electric shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes.
• Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle. Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use.
• Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity.
115
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
AUTO-START-STOP
Note: For vehicles with auto-start-stop, the battery requirement is different. It must be replaced by one of exactly the same specification as the original.
The system reduces fuel consumption and
CO2 emissions by shutting down the engine when your vehicle is idling, for example at traffic lights. The engine will automatically restart when you press the clutch pedal or when required by a vehicle system, for example to recharge the battery.
To obtain maximum benefit from the system, move the transmission lever to neutral and release the clutch pedal during any stop of longer than three seconds.
Using Auto-Start-Stop
WARNINGS
The engine may restart automatically if required by the system.
Switch the ignition off before opening the hood or carrying out any maintenance.
Always switch the ignition off before leaving your vehicle, as the system may have shut down the engine but the ignition will still be live.
Note: The system only operates when the engine is warm and the outside temperature is within the operating temperature limits of the system.
Note: If you stall the engine, and then press the clutch pedal within a short period of time, the system will automatically restart the engine.
Note: The auto-start-stop indicator will illuminate green when the engine shuts
down. See Warning Lamps and Indicators
Note: When the auto-start-stop indicator flashes amber, shift into neutral or press the clutch pedal.
Note: If the system detects a malfunction, it will switch off. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: When you switch the system off, the switch will illuminate.
Note: The system automatically turns on every time you switch the ignition on. To switch the system off, press the switch in the instrument panel. The system will only be switched off for the current ignition cycle.
To turn it on, press the switch again. For item location: See Instrument Panel Overview
(page ?).
To Stop the Engine
1.
Stop your vehicle.
2. Shift into neutral.
3. Release the clutch pedal.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The system may not shut down the engine under certain conditions, for example:
• To maintain the interior climate.
• Low battery voltage.
• The outside temperature is too low or too high.
• The driver door has been opened.
• Low engine operating temperature.
• Low brake system vacuum.
• If a road speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) has not been exceeded.
• The driver safety belt has not been fastened.
To Re-Start the Engine
Note: The transmission must be in neutral.
116
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Unique Driving Characteristics
Press the clutch pedal.
The system may automatically restart the engine under certain conditions, for example:
• Low battery voltage.
• To maintain the interior climate.
117
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuel and Refueling
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire.
The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door (Easy Fuel capless fuel system), do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.
Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled.
Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity.
This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck.
Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle.
• Always turn off the vehicle before refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed, call a physician immediately, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury.
• Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury.
• Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If fuel is splashed on the skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
“Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious personal injury or sickness may result.
If fuel is splashed on the skin, promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction.
118
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE
WARNINGS
Do not mix gasoline with oil, diesel or other liquids. This could cause a chemical reaction.
Do not use leaded gasoline or gasoline with additives containing other metallic compounds (e.g.
manganese-based). They could damage the emission system.
Note: We recommend that you use only high quality fuel.
Note: We do not recommend the use of additional additives or other engine treatments for normal vehicle use.
Use minimum 95 octane unleaded gasoline that meets the specification defined by EN 228 or the equivalent national specification.
Your vehicle is suitable for use with ethanol blends up to 10% (E5 and E10).
Long-Term Storage
Most gasoline contains ethanol. We recommend that you fill the fuel tank with fuel that does not contain ethanol if you intend to store your vehicle for more than two months. Alternatively, we recommend that you seek advice from an authorized dealer.
FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL
WARNINGS
Do not mix diesel with oil, gasoline or other liquids. This could cause a chemical reaction.
Do not add kerosene, paraffin or gasoline to diesel. This could cause damage to the fuel system.
WARNINGS
Use diesel that meets the specification defined by EN 590 or the relevant national specification.
Note: We recommend that you use only high quality fuel.
Note: We do not recommend the use of additional additives or other engine treatments for normal vehicle use.
Note: We do not recommend the use of additional additives to prevent fuel waxing.
Long-Term Storage
Most diesel fuels contain biodiesel. We recommend that you fill the fuel tank with fuel that does not contain biodiesel if you intend to store your vehicle for more than two months. Alternatively, we recommend that you seek advice from your dealer.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components.
If you have run out of fuel:
• You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. On restarting, cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal. With keyless ignition, just start the engine.
Crank time will be longer than usual.
• Normally, adding 1 gallon (4.6 liters) of fuel is enough to restart the engine. If your vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade, more fuel may be required.
119
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Refilling With a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the capless fuel system.
This could damage the fuel system and its seal, and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank, which could result in serious personal injury.
Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others.
When filling your vehicle's fuel tank from a portable fuel container, use the funnel included with your vehicle.
Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up when filling an ungrounded fuel container:
• Place approved fuel container on the ground.
• Do not fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle (including the cargo area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling.
• Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position.
1.
Locate the plastic funnel in the glove box.
2. Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system.
3. Fill your vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container.
4. When done, clean the funnel or properly dispose of it. Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING
Do not park or idle your vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other combustible materials. The exhaust will radiate a considerable amount of heat during use, and after you have switched the engine off. This is a potential fire hazard.
Driving with a Catalytic Converter
WARNINGS
Avoid running out of fuel.
Do not crank the engine for long periods.
Do not run the engine when a spark plug lead is disconnected.
Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See
Jump Starting the Vehicle (page
Do not switch the ignition off when driving.
120
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuel and Refueling
REFUELING
WARNINGS
Do not attempt to start the engine if you have filled the fuel tank with the incorrect fuel. This could damage the engine. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck.
Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
If you use a high pressure spray to wash your vehicle, only spray the fuel filler flap briefly from a distance not less than 8 in (200 mm).
Wait at least 10 seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank.
Stop refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing.
Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling.
Note: Capless fuel systems do not have a fuel tank filler cap.
Note: It is not possible to fully open the sliding door when the fuel filler flap is open.
1.
Pull the flap to open it. Open the flap fully until it engages.
Note: When you insert the correct size fuel nozzle, a spring loaded inhibitor will open.
This helps to avoid filling up with the incorrect fuel.
2. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it resting on the cover of the fuel tank filler pipe opening.
121
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuel and Refueling
3. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel nozzle in position A can affect the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
4. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the area shown.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up when filling an ungrounded fuel container:
• Place an approved fuel container on the ground.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is inside your vehicle (including the cargo area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
We derive CO2 and fuel consumption figures in laboratory tests according to
Regulation (EC) 715/2007 or CR (EC)
692/2008 and subsequent amendments.
They are intended as a comparison between makes and models of vehicles.
They are not intended to represent the real world fuel consumption you may get from your vehicle.
Real world fuel consumption is governed by many factors, for example driving style, high speed driving, stop-start driving, air conditioning usage, the accessories fitted, payload and towing.
The advertised capacity is the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined.
Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and when the fuel gauge indicates empty. Empty reserve is the amount of fuel in the fuel tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty.
5. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and then slowly remove it.
122
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range. When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty, you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity due to the empty reserve still present in the fuel tank.
Filling the Fuel Tank
For consistent results when refueling:
• Switch the ignition off.
• Allow no more than two automatic shut-offs when refueling.
Results are most accurate when the refueling method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is the engine break-in period). A more accurate measurement is obtained after
2500 mi (4,000 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy.
1.
Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading.
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading.
5. Calculate fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons used (For
Metric: Multiply liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers traveled).
Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving (city or freeway).
This provides an accurate estimate of your vehicle’s fuel economy under current driving conditions. Additionally, keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy.
In general, your vehicle will use more fuel in cold temperatures.
123
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Transmission
MANUAL TRANSMISSION - 5-
SPEED MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
Selecting Reverse Gear
Do not engage reverse gear when your vehicle is moving. This can cause damage to the transmission.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION - 6-
SPEED MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
Selecting Reverse Gear
Do not engage reverse gear when your vehicle is moving. This can cause damage to the transmission.
Raise the collar when you select reverse gear.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNING
Always set the parking brake fully and make sure you shift the gearshift lever to park (P). Switch the ignition off and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle.
Selector Lever Positions
N
D
P
R
S
+
-
Park
Reverse
Neutral
Drive
Sport mode and manual shifting
Manual shift up
Manual shift down
WARNING
Apply the brakes before shifting the gearshift lever to a forward or reverse gear. Keep the brakes applied until you are ready to move off.
Press the button on the front of the gearshift lever to shift to each position.
The gearshift lever position will be shown in the instrument cluster display.
Park (P)
WARNINGS
Shift the gearshift lever to park (P) only when your vehicle is stationary.
124
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Transmission
WARNINGS
Apply the parking brake and shift the gearshift lever to park (P) before leaving your vehicle. Make sure that the gearshift lever is latched in position.
In this position, power is not transmitted to the driven wheels and the transmission is locked. You can start the engine with the gearshift lever in this position.
Note: A warning tone sounds if you open the driver door and you have not shifted the gearshift lever to park (P).
Reverse (R)
WARNINGS
Shift the gearshift lever to reverse
(R) only when your vehicle is stationary and the engine is at idle speed.
Always come to a complete stop before shifting the gearshift lever out of reverse (R).
Shift the gearshift lever to reverse (R) to allow your vehicle to move backward.
Neutral (N)
In this position, power is not transmitted to the driven wheels but the transmission is not locked. You can start the engine with the gearshift lever in this position.
Drive (D)
Shift the gearshift lever to drive (D) to allow your vehicle to move forward and shift automatically through the forward gears.
The transmission will shift to the appropriate gear for optimum performance based on ambient temperature, road gradient, vehicle load and your input.
Drive (D) mode also provides a kickdown function. See Kickdown.
Note: A shift will occur only when your vehicle speed and the engine speed are appropriate.
Note: You may temporarily override the current gear selected using the + or buttons.
Sport Mode and Manual Shifting
Sport Mode (S)
Switch on sport mode by shifting the gearshift lever to Sport (S). Sport mode will remain on until either you shift manually up or down the gears using the
+ or buttons or shift the gearshift lever to drive (D).
Note: In sport mode the transmission operates as normal but gears are selected more quickly and at higher engine speeds.
Manual Shifting
WARNING
Do not hold the + or buttons permanently in.
Press the button to shift down and press the + button to shift up.
Gears may be skipped by pressing the buttons repeatedly at short intervals.
Manual mode also provides a kickdown function. See Kickdown.
Note: The transmission will automatically downshift when the engine speed is too low.
Hints on Driving with an Automatic
Transmission
WARNING
Do not idle the engine for long periods of time in drive (D) with the brakes applied.
125
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Transmission
Moving Off
1.
Press the brake pedal.
2. Shift the gearshift lever to drive (D), reverse (R) or sport (S).
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Release the brake pedal and press the accelerator pedal.
Stopping
1.
Release the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Shift the gearshift lever to neutral (N) or park (P).
Kickdown
Press the accelerator pedal fully with the gearshift lever in the drive (D) position to shift to the next lowest gear for optimum performance. Release the accelerator pedal when you no longer require kickdown.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat.
Emergency Park Position Release
Lever
WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working.
This procedure requires you to shift the gearshift lever out of park (P) causing your vehicle to roll. Make sure you fully set the parking brake before attempting to release the gearshift lever.
If you release the parking brake and the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working correctly. The system has detected a fault that requires service.
In the event of an electrical malfunction or if the vehicle battery has no charge, use the following procedure to shift the gearshift lever from the park (P) position.
1.
Apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off.
2. Using a screwdriver, remove the gearshift lever housing cover.
126
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Transmission
3. Locate the white lever, situated on the left hand side of the gearshift lever.
4. Move the white lever toward the rear of the vehicle and move the gearshift lever out of park (P) and into neutral
(N).
5. Replace the gearshift lever housing cover, apply the brake pedal, switch the ignition on and release the parking brake.
Note: See an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
127
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Brakes
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear. See Cleaning the Alloy
Note: Depending on applicable laws and regulations in the country for which your vehicle was originally built, the brake lamps may flash during heavy braking. Following this the hazard warning flashers may also flash when your vehicle comes to a stop.
Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes.
Brake Assist
Brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal. It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering control and vehicle stability during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
Note: When the system is operating, the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal.
The anti-lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
PARKING BRAKE
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill turn the steering wheel away from the curb.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill turn the steering wheel toward the curb.
Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the lever up.
To apply the parking brake:
128
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Brakes
1.
Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its fullest extent.
To release the parking brake:
1.
Press the brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the lever up slightly.
3. Press the release button and push the lever down.
HILL START ASSIST - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake. Failure to leave your vehicle securely
parked may lead to a crash or injury. See
You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system will turn off if a malfunction is apparent or if you rev the engine excessively. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal. This allows time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope. This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope, for example from a car park ramp, traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space.
Using Hill Start Assist
1.
Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope, the system will activate automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two to three seconds. This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The brakes will be released automatically.
Switching the System On and Off
Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled. If required, you can switch this feature off using the information
display. See General Information (page
The system will remain on or off depending on how it was last set.
HILL START ASSIST -
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake. Failure to leave your vehicle securely
parked may lead to a crash or injury. See
129
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Brakes
WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle once the system activates. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.
During all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system will turn off if a malfunction is apparent or if you rev the engine excessively. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal. This allows time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope. This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope, for example from a car park ramp, traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space.
The system will turn on automatically on any slope which can result in significant vehicle rollback.
Using Hill Start Assist
1.
Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope, the system will activate automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for approximately two to three seconds.
This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The brakes will be released automatically.
130
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.
Switching the System Off and On
Using the Information Display
Controls
Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled. If required, you can switch this feature off using the information display controls.
When you switch the system off, stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch
(If Equipped)
The switch is located in the instrument panel.
Press the switch. You will see a message in conjunction with an illuminated icon in the display. Press the switch again to return the system to normal mode.
When you switch the system off, stability control remains fully active.
131
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Electronic Stability Program
WARNING
The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.
A
B
Without ESP
With ESP
The system supports stability when your vehicle starts to slide away from your intended path. The system performs this by braking individual wheels and reducing engine torque as required.
The system also provides an enhanced traction control function by reducing engine torque if the wheels spin when you accelerate. This improves your ability to pull away on slippery roads or loose surfaces, and improves comfort by limiting wheel spin in hairpin bends.
Stability Control Warning Lamp
While driving, it flashes when the system
is operating. See Warning Lamps and
USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.
Switching the System Off and On
Using the Information Display
Controls
Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled. If required, you can switch this feature off using the information
display. See General Information (page
Stability control will remain on even when you have switched the traction control off.
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch
(If Equipped)
The switch is located in the instrument panel.
Press the switch. You will see a message in conjunction with an illuminated icon in the display. Press the switch again to return the system to normal mode.
Stability control will remain on even when you have switched the traction control off.
132
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention.
If your vehicles has a non-Ford approved trailer tow module the system may not correctly detect objects.
The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections.
The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves.
The system does not detect objects that are moving away from your vehicle. They will only be detected shortly after they start to move toward your vehicle.
Take particular care when reversing with a tow ball arm or a rear fitted accessory. For example, a bicycle carrier. The rear parking aid will only indicate the approximate distance from the rear bumper to an object.
If you use a high pressure spray to wash your vehicle, only spray the sensors briefly from a distance not less than eight inches (20 centimeters).
Note: If your vehicle has a tow ball arm, the system is turned off automatically when trailer lamps (or lighting boards) are connected to the 13-pin socket through a
Ford approved trailer tow module.
Note: Keep the sensors free from dirt, ice or snow. Do not clean with sharp objects.
Note: The system may emit false alerts if it detects a signal using the same frequency as the sensors or if your vehicle is fully loaded.
Note: The outer sensors may detect the side walls of a garage. If the distance between the outer sensors and the side wall remains constant for three seconds, the alert will turn off. As you continue the inner sensors will detect objects directly behind your vehicle.
PARKING AID
WARNINGS
Sensing is only an aid to detect some objects when moving forward or backward at low speeds. Traffic control systems, inclement weather or an external motor and fan can affect the sensors; this may include reduced performance or false activation. To help avoid personal injury you must read and understand the limitations of the system detailed in this section.
The parking aid system may not prevent contact with small or moving objects that are close to the ground.
The parking aid system gives an audible warning when it detects a large object helping to avoid damage to your vehicle.
To help avoid personal injury you must take care when using the parking aid system.
Note: Some add-on equipment can cause reduced performance or false activation.
For example, large trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks.
Note: The parking aid system sensors must be kept clean and free from snow or ice to avoid reduced performance or false activation. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: If the parking aid sensors are misaligned due to vehicle bumper damage it will cause reduced performance or false activation.
133
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Parking Aids
The parking aid system gives an audible warning and reduces the radio volume when it detects a large object within a limited range of your vehicle’s bumpers.
Note: When the parking aid system no longer detects a large object the radio volume will return to the previous level.
Rear Sensing System
The rear parking aid sensors turn on automatically when you move the transmission selector lever to R (reverse) and your vehicle is moving at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h). Moving your vehicle closer to a large object will increase the audible warning repeat rate. When the object is less than 12 inches (30 centimeters) from the center of your vehicle’s rear bumper the audible warning will sound continuously. If the object is more than 12 inches (30 centimeters) from the side of your vehicle’s rear bumper the audible warning will sound for three seconds. If the object is less than 12 inches
(30 centimeters) from the side of your vehicle’s rear bumper the audible warning will sound continuously.
A The rear parking aid sensor coverage area is up to 72 inches
(183 centimeters) from the center of your vehicle’s rear bumper. There is a decreased coverage area at the outer corners.
The system detects large objects when you move the transmission selector lever to R (reverse):
• and your vehicle is moving toward the object at a speed of less than 3 mph
(5 km/h)
• and your vehicle is not moving but a moving object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at a speed of less than
3 mph (5 km/h)
• and your vehicle is moving at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at a speed of less than
3 mph (5 km/h).
Move the transmission selector lever from
R (reverse) or press the parking aid button to switch the system off. If a fault is present in the system, a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow you to switch the system on.
134
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Parking Aids
Front and Rear Sensing System
The front and rear parking aid sensors turn on automatically when you move the transmission selector lever to R (reverse),
D (drive) or L (low) and your vehicle is moving at a speed of less than 7 mph (12 km/h).
A The front parking aid sensor coverage area is up to 31 inches
(80 centimeters) from the center of your vehicle’s front bumper and up to 14 inches (35 centimeters) to the side of your vehicle’s front bumper. The rear parking aid sensor coverage area is up to 72 inches (183 centimeters) from the center of your vehicle’s rear bumper. There is a decreased coverage area at the outer corners.
Audible warnings will sound when large objects are within the sensor coverage areas of either bumper in the following manner:
• You will hear a high-pitched tone from the front audio system speakers when large objects are within the sensor coverage area of your vehicle’s front bumper. Moving your vehicle closer to a large object will increase the audible warning repeat rate.
• You will hear a lower-pitched tone from the rear audio system speakers when large objects are within the sensor coverage area of your vehicle’s rear bumper. Moving your vehicle closer to a large object will increase the audible warning repeat rate.
• The parking aid system prioritises audible warnings based on large objects that are the closest to your vehicle’s front or rear bumper. For example, if an object is 24 inches (60 centimeters) from your vehicle’s front bumper and at the same time, an object is only 16 inches (40 centimeters) from your vehicle’s rear bumper, you will hear the lower-pitched tone from the rear audio system speakers.
• You will hear an alternating audible warning from the front and rear audio system speakers if large objects are less than 12 inches (30 centimeters) from your vehicle’s front and rear bumpers.
• If the object is more than 12 inches (30 centimeters) from the side of your vehicle’s bumper area the audible warning will sound for three seconds.
If the object is less than 12 inches (30 centimeters) from the side of your vehicle’s bumper area the audible warning will sound continuously.
135
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Parking Aids
Move the transmission selector lever from
R (reverse), D (drive), L (low) or move away from large objects as you drive off, or press the parking aid button to switch
the system off. For item location: See At a Glance (page 11). If a fault is present in
the system, a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow you to switch the system on.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
The camera may not detect objects that are very close to your vehicle.
Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle.
Note: The operation of the camera may vary depending on the ambient temperature, vehicle and road conditions.
Switching the Rear View Camera
On
Switch the ignition and the audio unit on.
Move the transmission selector lever to reverse (R).
You will see the image in the audio unit or the interior mirror.
The camera may not operate correctly in the following conditions:
• Dark areas.
• Intense light areas.
• If there is a sudden change to the ambient temperature.
• If the camera is wet.
• If the camera is obstructed.
Using the Display
WARNINGS
Objects in the display are closer than they appear.
Objects above the camera may not be visible. Check the area behind your vehicle when necessary.
Distance markers are only a guide and are calculated for unloaded vehicles on an even road surface.
136
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Parking Aids
The lines show a projected vehicle path and the approximate distance from the rear bumper to an object.
C Green - Zone
D Black - center line of the projected vehicle path
Note: When reversing with a trailer the camera will show the direction of your vehicle and not the direction of the trailer.
Note: When reversing with a trailer the screen does not display the lines.
Switching the Rear View Camera
Off
The image does not display when you move the gearshift lever into Park (P).
Vehicles With Rear View Camera Delay
The display will automatically switch off after disengaging reverse gear (R).
The system will automatically switch off when your vehicle speed is above 5.0 mph
(8 km/h).
Note: Depending upon which type of multimedia display you have, the rear view camera delay is always on, it cannot be switched off.
Note: The interior mirror does not have the rear view camera delay feature.
Vehicles With Parking Aid
(If Equipped)
The display will show a colored distance bar. This indicates the approximate distance from the rear bumper to an object.
These are color coded as follows:
• Red - Zone
• Amber - Zone
• Green - Zone
A
B
Red - Zone
Amber - Zone
137
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Cruise Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h).
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic, on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death.
When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed. The system will not apply the brakes. Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed. Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death.
Note: Cruise control will disengage if your vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below your set speed while driving uphill.
Switching Cruise Control On
Press and release ON .
The indicator will display in the instrument cluster.
Setting a Speed
1.
Accelerate to the desired speed.
2. Press and release SET+ .
3. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Changing the Set Speed
• Press and hold SET+ or SET. Release the control when you reach the desired speed.
• Press and release SET+ or SET. The set speed will change in approximately
1 mph (2 km/h) increments.
• Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed. Press and release SET+ .
Canceling the Set Speed
Pull CAN toward you and release, or tap the brake pedal. The system will not erase the set speed.
Resuming the Set Speed
Pull RES toward you and release.
Switching Cruise Control Off
Note: You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off.
Press and release OFF or switch the ignition off.
The cruise control switches are located on the steering wheel.
138
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Driving Aids
SPEED LIMITER
Principle of Operation
WARNING
When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed. The system will not apply the brakes but a warning will be given.
The system allows you to set a speed, to which your vehicle then becomes limited.
The set speed will become the effective maximum speed of your vehicle, but with the option to temporarily exceed this limit if required.
Using the System
The system is operated by adjustment controls mounted on the steering wheel.
Note: The set speed limit can be intentionally exceeded for a short period of time if required, for example when overtaking.
Switching the System On and Off
Press switch B. The information display will prompt you to set a speed.
Setting the Speed Limit
Use the cruise control switches to alter the maximum speed setting.
Press switch A or C to select your desired speed limit. The speed is displayed in the information display and stored as the set speed.
Pull switch D to cancel the limiter and place it in standby mode. The information display will confirm this has been turned off by showing the set speed crossed out.
Pull switch D again to resume the limiter.
The information display will confirm this has been turned on by showing the set speed again.
Intentionally Exceeding the Set Speed
Limit
Depress the accelerator fully to temporarily turn the system off, this will be indicated in the information Display. The system will turn on once your vehicle speed drops below the set speed.
System Warnings
If you exceed the set speed, a warning will flash in the information display and you will hear a warning chime.
A
B
C
D
Set speed increase
On and off
Set speed decrease
Cancel and resume
139
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Driving Aids
ACTIVE CITY STOP
Principle of Operation
WARNINGS
You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
To achieve full system performance you must break in the braking
system. See Breaking-In (page 152).
Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
If the system applies the brakes and the engine stops the hazard warning flashers will automatically turn on.
Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.
The system does not react to cyclists, motorcyclists, pedestrians, animals or vehicles that are driving in a different direction. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system does not operate during harsh acceleration or steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.
The system may not operate during cold or severe weather conditions.
Snow, ice, heavy rain and spray can influence the system. Keep the hood free of snow and ice. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system may not operate when driving around sharp curves. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.
WARNINGS
The system may not operate correctly if you replace the windshield with a non-Ford windshield. Do not carry out windshield repairs in front of the sensor. Failure to adhere to this warning may lead to an accident or injury.
The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflections.
Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The system will not operate correctly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstructions, for example, bird droppings, insects, snow or ice. Failure to adhere to this warning may lead to an accident or injury.
When you switch the ignition on the sensor transmits a laser beam. Never look directly into the sensor. There is a risk of eye injury.
The sensor is on the rear of the interior mirror. It continuously monitors conditions to decide when to intervene.
The system operates at speeds below approximately 31 mph (50 km/h) by applying the brakes if it detects that a crash is likely. If the system applies the brakes a message will appear in the information display.
The system may reduce the risk of a low speed crash into another vehicle. It also helps reduce impact damage or may avoid the crash completely.
Note: You must depress the brake pedal to obtain full braking force.
Switching the System Off and On
You can switch this feature off using the
information display controls. See General
140
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Driving Aids
Note: The system automatically turns on every time you switch the ignition on.
In certain situations we recommend that you switch the system off, for example:
• Driving off-road when objects may cover the windshield.
• Driving through a car wash facility.
141
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Load Carrying
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Use load securing straps to an approved standard, e.g. DIN.
Make sure that you secure all loose items properly.
Place luggage and other loads as low and as far forward as possible within the luggage or loadspace.
Do not drive with the liftgate or rear door open. Exhaust fumes may enter your vehicle.
Do not exceed the maximum front and rear axle loads for your vehicle.
See Vehicle Identification Plate
Do not allow items to contact the rear windows.
Note: When loading long objects in to your vehicle, for example pipes, timber or furniture be careful not to damage the interior trim.
LUGGAGE ANCHOR POINTS
Variant
Transit Courier
Transit Connect
Maximum Load
Value
785 lb (357 kg)
900 lb (408 kg)
142
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Load Carrying
REAR UNDER FLOOR
STORAGE
Passenger Compartment Floor
(If
Equipped)
CARGO NETS
Installing the Net
(If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Always attach and tighten the net to the luggage anchor points and do not put more than 22 lb (10 kg) of cargo behind the net and above the seat back.
Otherwise, the net could fail and cargo could become a projectile, which could cause serious injury.
Do not allow people to ride in the third row seating positions when the cargo net is installed behind the second row. Failure to do so may limit egress from the vehicle in an emergency.
The under floor storage compartment is located behind the front passenger seat.
Adjustable Load Floor
(If Equipped)
Vehicles with the standard size spare tire can adjust the load floor to two positions.
The front of the load floor can be placed either on (for high position) or below (for low position) the ledges behind the rear seats. The rear of the load floor always sits on the two small shelves located on the liftgate trim.
1.
Push the ends of the upper bar toward each other and insert them into the retainers in the roof. Push the bar forward into the narrow section of the retainers.
143
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Load Carrying
3. Tighten the straps.
Removing the Net
2. Attach the net to the luggage anchor
points. See Luggage Anchor Points
1.
Release the straps.
2. Remove the net from the luggage anchor points.
3. Remove the upper bars.
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
CARRIERS
WARNINGS
Read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions when you are fitting a roof rack. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.
144
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Load Carrying
WARNINGS
When loading the roof rack we recommend you evenly distribute the load, as well as maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with high centers of gravity handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, use slower speeds and increased stopping distances. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
For correct roof rack system function, you must place loads directly on crossbars fitted to the roof rack side rails. When using the roof rack system, we recommend you use Ford genuine accessory crossbars designed specifically for your vehicle.
Make sure that you securely fasten the load. Check the tightness of the load before driving and at each fuel stop.
Note: If you use a roof rack, the fuel consumption of your vehicle will be higher and you may experience different driving characteristics.
Note: Never place loads directly on the roof panel.
Maximum Load Weights
Do not exceed the following maximum roof rack load weights.
Variant
Kombi
Maximum Load lb
(kg)*
165 (75)
Van
Double Cab
220 (100)
220 (100)
*Evenly distribute the load on the roof rack.
FOLDING BULKHEAD
A
B
Folded position stay clip.
Locking pins.
Moving the Folding Bulkhead to the Forward Position
WARNING
Do not allow passengers to use the second row seats when the folding bulkhead is in the forward position.
145
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Load Carrying
3. Fold the second row seat backrests
down. See Rear Seats (page 102).
1.
Slide the locking pins toward the center of your vehicle.
4. Lift the folding bulkhead up and slide it forward. Make sure that you locate it in the forward securing points.
2. Fold the lower half of the folding bulkhead up. Use the folded position stay clip to secure it in place.
146
5. Disengage the folded position stay clip and unfold the lower half of the folding bulkhead down.
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Load Carrying
6. Slide the locking pins toward the outside of your vehicle. Make sure that you fully engage the catches.
Moving the Folding Bulkhead Back to the Rearward Position
1.
Slide the locking pins toward the center of your vehicle.
2. Fold the lower half of the folding bulkhead up. Use the folded position stay clip to secure it in place.
3. Lift the folding bulkhead up and slide it backward. Make sure that you locate it in the rearward securing points.
4. Unfold the second row seat backrests
up. See Rear Seats (page 102).
5. Disengage the folded position stay clip and unfold the lower half of the folding bulkhead down.
6. Slide the locking pins toward the outside of your vehicle. Make sure that you fully engage the catches.
147
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Towing
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNINGS
Do not exceed 62 mph (100 km/h).
The rear tire pressures must be increased by 2.9 psi (0.2 bar) above specification. Do not exceed the maximum pressure stated on the tire sidewall. This could cause serious personal
injury. See Wheels and Tires (page 197).
Do not exceed the maximum gross train weight stated on your vehicle identification plate. This could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious
personal injury or death. See Vehicle
Identification Plate (page 217).
Do not exceed the maximum permissible trailer vertical weight on the tow ball as stated in the vehicle specification chart. This could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal
injury or death. See Capacities and
The anti-lock brake system does not control the trailer brakes.
When towing a trailer:
• Obey country specific regulations for towing a trailer.
• Do not exceed 62 mph (100 km/h) even if a country allows higher speeds under certain conditions.
• Place loads as low as possible and central to the axle of your trailer. If you are towing with an unloaded vehicle, you should place the load in your trailer toward the front, within the maximum vertical load, as this gives the best
• The trailer vertical weight on the tow ball is essential for the driving stability of your vehicle and trailer.
• The vertical weight on the tow ball should be at least 4% of the trailer weight and not exceed the maximum
permissable weight. See Capacities and Specifications (page 214).
• Reduce speed immediately if the trailer
shows any sign of swaying. See Trailer
• Use a low gear when descending a steep downhill gradient.
Note: The maximum permissible trailer vertical weight on the trailer identification plate is the trailer manufacturer’s testing value. The vehicle maximum permissible trailer vertical weight may be lower.
The stability of your vehicle-to-trailer combination depends on the quality of the trailer.
Towing a trailer changes the handling characteristics of your vehicle and increases stopping distances. Adapt your speed and driving behavior according to the trailer load.
The gross train weight stated on the vehicle identification plate applies for road gradients up to 12% and altitudes up to
3,281 ft (1,000 m) when towing a trailer. In mountainous regions the engine performance decreases due to lower air density with increasing altitude. In high altitude regions above 3,281 ft (1,000 m), you should reduce the stipulated maximum permitted gross train weight by
10% for every additional 3,281 ft (1,000 m).
Note: Not all vehicles are suitable or approved to have a tow bar fitted. Ask an authorized dealer for more information.
148
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Towing
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
If the trailer begins to sway, the stability control warning lamp flashes and a message appears in the information display. The system applies the brakes to the individual wheels and reduces engine torque to aid vehicle stability.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Check the vertical weight on the tow
ball and trailer load distribution. See
Capacities and Specifications (page
214). See Load Carrying (page 142).
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers from swaying.
Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed is too high, the system may turn on multiple times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed.
TOWING POINTS
WARNING
The towing eye has a left-hand thread. Turn it counterclockwise to install it. Make sure that the towing eye is fully tightened. Failure to do so could result in the towing hook becoming loose.
You must carry the towing eye in your vehicle at all times.
Front Towing Eye
Remove the cover and install the towing eye.
Rear Towing Eye
Remove the cover and install the towing eye.
Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar, you cannot install the towing eye at the rear of your vehicle. Use the tow bar to tow other vehicles.
Space is provided in the luggage compartment on the left-hand side.
149
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Towing
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service. If you are a member of a roadside assistance program, contact your roadside assistance service provider.
When being towed you must use flatbed equipment, or wheel lift equipment and dollies to allow sufficient ground clearance. Do not use slingbelt lifting equipment. This can cause vehicle damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Note: All road wheels must be clear of the ground when being towed to allow sufficient ground clearance.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS - MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
You must switch the ignition on when your vehicle is being towed. Failure to follow this warning could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
The brake and steering assistance will not operate unless the engine is running. Press the brake pedal harder and allow for increased stopping distances and heavier steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.
Too much tension on a tow rope could cause damage to your vehicle or the vehicle that is towing.
warning could damage the transmission and may lead to a crash or injury.
When towing your vehicle you must select neutral. Failure to follow this
Drive off slowly and smoothly without jerking the vehicle that is being towed.
You must only use the towing eye that was
delivered with your vehicle. See Towing
Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be placed on the same side. For example; right hand rear towing point to right hand front towing point.
You must use a tow rope or rigid towing bar that is of the correct strength for the weight of the towing vehicle and the vehicle that is being towed.
The weight of the vehicle that is being towed must not exceed the weight of the towing vehicle.
Do not exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). See
Transporting the Vehicle (page 150).
150
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Towing
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS - AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS
You must switch the ignition on when your vehicle is being towed. Failure to follow this warning could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
You must make sure the transmission selector lever is placed in position N . Failure to follow this warning could damage the transmission and may lead to a crash or injury.
The brake and steering assistance will not operate unless the engine is running. Press the brake pedal harder and allow for increased stopping distances and heavier steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.
Too much tension on a tow rope could cause damage to your vehicle or the vehicle that is towing.
Emergency Towing
If your vehicle is disabled without access to wheel dollies, a car-hauling trailer, or a flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat-towed with all wheels on the ground.
You may do this under the following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward so that it is towed in a forward direction.
• The transmission selector lever is placed in position N . If the transmission gear shift lever cannot be moved to position N , it may need to be
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 miles (80 kilometers).
Drive off slowly and smoothly without jerking the vehicle that is being towed.
You must only use the towing eye that was
delivered with your vehicle. See Towing
Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be placed on the same side. For example; right hand rear towing point to right hand front towing point.
You must use a tow rope or rigid towing bar that is of the correct strength for the weight of the towing vehicle and the vehicle that is being towed.
Note: Using a rigid towing bar is the safest way to tow a vehicle.
The weight of the vehicle that is being towed must not exceed the weight of the towing vehicle.
151
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Driving Hints
BREAKING-IN
Tires
WARNING
New tires need to be run-in for approximately 300 miles (500 kilometers). During this time, you may experience different driving characteristics.
Brakes and Clutch
WARNING
Avoid heavy use of the brakes and clutch if possible for the first 100 miles (150 kilometers) in town and for the first 1000 miles (1500 kilometers) on freeways.
Engine
WARNING
Avoid driving too fast during the first
1000 miles (1500 kilometers). Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Vehicles With a Diesel Engine
During the first 2000 miles (3000 kilometers), you may notice a ticking sound when your vehicle slows down. This is due to adjustments of your new diesel engine and is normal.
REDUCED ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
WARNING
Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and cause the engine to shut down completely.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle moves to the upper limit position,
the engine is overheating. See Gauges
You must only drive your vehicle for a short distance if the engine overheats. The distance you can travel depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain. The engine will continue to operate with limited power for a short time.
If the engine temperature continues to rise, the fuel supply to the engine will reduce.
The air conditioning will switch off and the engine cooling fan will operate continually.
1.
Reduce your speed gradually and stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Switch the engine off immediately to prevent severe engine damage.
3. Wait for the engine to cool down.
4. Check the coolant level. See Engine
5. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
The following will help to improve fuel consumption.
Tire Pressures
Check your tire pressures regularly to optimize fuel economy. For best results
use the economy pressures. See
Technical Specifications (page 210).
Gear Shifting
Use the highest drivable gear appropriate for the road conditions.
152
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Driving Hints
Anticipation
Adjust your vehicle speed and the distance to other vehicles without the need for heavy braking or acceleration.
Efficient Speed
Higher speeds use more fuel. Reduce your cruising speed on open roads.
Accessories
Try not to add unnecessary accessories to the exterior of your vehicle. If you use a roof rack, remember to fold it down or remove it when not in use.
Electrical Systems
Switch off all electrical systems when not in use, for example air conditioning. Make sure you unplug any accessories from the auxiliary power points when not in use.
COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some components and systems can be affected at temperatures below -13°F (-25°C).
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNINGS
Drive through water in an emergency only and not as part of normal driving.
Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter.
In an emergency, you can drive your vehicle through water to a maximum depth of 8 inches (200 millimeters) and at a maximum speed of 6 mph (10 km/h). You must take extra care when driving through flowing water.
When driving in water, maintain a low speed and do not stop your vehicle. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so:
• Depress the brake pedal lightly to check that the brakes are functioning correctly.
• Check that the horn works.
• Check that your vehicle's lamps are fully operational.
• Check the power assistance of the steering system.
FLOOR MATS
WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle. Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways.
Pedals that cannot move freely can injury.
cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal
Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to make sure mats do not shift out of position.
153
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Driving Hints
WARNINGS
Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle foot well that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle.
Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats. Floor mats should always rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering.
Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation.
Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis. Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement.
Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while the vehicle is moving. Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing a loss of vehicle control.
To install floor mats, position the floor mat so that the eyelet is over the retention post and press down to lock in.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the installation procedure.
154
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Roadside Emergencies
HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
The hazard warning button is located on the instrument panel. Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists.
Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function, and the front and rear direction indicators will flash.
Press the button again to turn them off.
Note: If used when the engine is not running, the battery will lose charge. There may be insufficient power to restart your engine.
Note: Depending on applicable laws and regulations in the country for which your vehicle was originally built, the hazard warning flashers may flash if you brake heavily.
FIRST AID KIT
Space is provided in the overhead console or lower door bins.
WARNING TRIANGLE
Space is provided in the overhead console or lower door bins.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a crash may increase the risk of fire and serious injury. We recommend that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any crash.
In the event of a moderate to severe crash, your vehicle is fitted with a fuel pump shut-off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact will cause a shut-off.
Should the engine turn off after a crash, you may restart the engine by carrying out the following.
Ignition Switch
1.
Switch the ignition off.
2. Switch the ignition to position III .
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Switch the ignition on again to re-enable the fuel pump.
Note: Various system checks are automatically carried out before the vehicle will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart after the third attempt, the system has detected a fault that requires service. We recommend you contact an authorized dealer.
Keyless Starting
(If Equipped)
1.
Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once.
2. Press the brake pedal, and then press and release the button once.
3. Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once.
4. Press the brake pedal, and then press and hold the button until the engine starts.
Note: Various system checks are automatically carried out before the vehicle will restart. if your vehicle fails to restart after the third attempt, the system has detected a fault that requires service. We recommend you contact an authorized dealer.
155
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Roadside Emergencies
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames, sparks or lit cigarettes. An explosion could result in personal injury or vehicle damage.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin, eyes and clothing, if contacted.
Use only an adequate-sized cable with insulated clamps.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery from your vehicle’s electrical system.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic transmissions do not have push-start capability. Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle's electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two vehicles do not touch, and switch off all accessories.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING
Do not attach the cables to fuel lines, engine rocker covers, the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points. Stay clear of moving parts. To avoid reverse polarity connections, make sure that you correctly identify the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables.
Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle.
156
1.
Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the assisting battery.
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Roadside Emergencies
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the assisting battery.
4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle's engine, or connect the negative (-) cable to a ground connection point if available.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected.
WARNING
Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative (-) terminal of the battery to be jumped.
A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery.
Jump Starting
1.
Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately, or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 rpms, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. After starting the disabled vehicle, run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables.
1.
Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface or connecting point, if available.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle's battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle's battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the disabled vehicle's battery.
After starting your vehicle and removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle for several minutes so the battery can recharge.
157
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuses
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
The fuse box is located in the engine
compartment. See Maintenance (page
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
Luggage Compartment Fuse Box
The fuse box is located below the glove box.
The fuse box is located in the luggage compartment on the right-hand side.
Remove the fuse box cover to gain access to the fuses.
158
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
Fuse Rating
-
-
-
-
-
-
40A
**
30A
**
Circuits protected
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Anti-lock brake system
Electronic stability program
Stability control
159
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
F16
F17
F18
F19
F20
F21
F22
Fuse
F9
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F23
F24
F25
F26
F26
Fuses
15A
*
5A
*
15A
*
10A
5A
*
25A *
10A
5A
*
15A
*
Fuse Rating
30A
**
40A
**
20A **
30A
**
30A
**
40A
**
20A
**
25A
40A
**
20A **
20A
5A *
Circuits protected
Heated rear window
Blower motor
Rear floor console auxiliary power point
Powertrain control module
Starter relay
Heated windshield (right-hand side)
Rear auxiliary power points
Charge air cooler (1.0L EcoBoost)
Heated windshield (left-hand side)
Floor console auxiliary power point
Driver stowage bin auxiliary power point
Anti-lock brake system
Stability Control
Horn
Stop lamp switch
Battery monitor system
Power supply voltage (powertrain control module)
Relay coils
Fuel fired booster heater (van only)
Power mirrors (without door control unit)
Engine control relay coil feed (vehicles with a gasoline engine)
Engine control relay coil feed (vehicles with a diesel engine)
Transmission control (vehicles with a diesel engine)
160
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
F33
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
F41
F42
F43
F44
F45
Fuse
F27
F28
F29
F30
F31
F32
Fuses
10A
*
15A
10A
*
15A
*
10A
*
5A
5A
*
15A
*
5A
*
5A
*
20A
*
15A *
15A
*
15A
*
10A
*
Fuse Rating
15A
*
5A
*
25A
25A
*
5A
10A
15A
*
10A
Circuits protected
Air conditioning clutch
Voltage quality module (ignition)
Rear power windows (without door control unit)
Front power windows (without door control unit)
Ignition switch position II output
Security horn
Engine control module
Mass air flow solenoid
Exhaust gas recirculation solenoid
Engine control module
Ignition coil pack
Fuel injectors
Fuel filter heater
Engine control module
Active grille shutter
Parking assist control module
Engine control module
Transmission control module
Headlamp leveling
Electronic power assist steering
Body control module
Rear window wiper
Heated front seat
Headlamp control module
Heated washer nozzle
161
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuses
Fuse
F46
Fuse Rating
F47
40A
**
7.5A
F48
25A
*
*
Mini fuses
**
Cartridge fuses
Circuits protected
Windshield wiper
Heated exterior mirror (without door control unit)
Body control module
R7
R8
R9
R10
R11
R12
R13
Relay
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R14
R15
R16
Circuits switched
Charge air cooler fan (1.0L EcoBoost)
Horn
Security horn
Not used
Rear window wiper
Not used
Heated windshield
Accessory delay
Ignition
Starter motor
Air conditioning clutch
Cooling fan
Blower motor
Electronic engine control
Heated rear window
Ignition
162
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuses
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse
F56
F57
F58
F59
F60
Fuse Rating
20A
-
-
5A
10A
Circuits protected
Fuel pump
Not used
Not used
Passive anti-theft system transceiver
Interior lamp
Driver door switch pack
Glove compartment lamp
163
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuse
F61
F62
F63
F64
F65
F66
F67
F74
F75
F76
F77
F78
F79
F68
F69
F70
F71
F72
F73
F80
Fuses
Fuse Rating
-
5A
10A
-
10A
-
7.5A
15A
5A
-
10A
7.5A
7.5A
15A
15A
10A
20A
5A
15A
20A
Circuits protected
Overhead console switch bank
Not used
Autowipers
Auto-dimming interior mirror
Adaptive cruise control (front sensing module)
Not used
Liftgate release
Not used
SYNC
Front display interface module
Global positioning system module
Electric steering column lock
Instrument panel cluster
Not used
Heating control head (manual air conditioning)
Dual automatic temperature control
Steering wheel module
Data link connector
Battery backup sounder
High beam headlamp
Front fog lamp
Reversing lamp
Washer pump
Ignition switch
Ignition switch (vehicles with keyless starting)
Audio unit
DVD navigation system
Touchscreen
Hazard flasher switch
Door lock switch
Moonroof
164
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuses
Fuse
F81
F82
F83
F84
F85
F86
F87
F88
F89
Fuse Rating
5A
20A
20A
-
7.5A
10A
-
25A
-
Circuits protected
Radio frequency receiver
Interior motion sensor
Washer pump
Central locking
Not used
Ignition switch
Airbag module
Occupant classification system
Passenger airbag deactivation indicator
Not used
Body control module KL30 supply
Not used
Load Compartment Fuse Box
Fuse
F1
F2
F3
F4
Fuse Rating
10A
25A
25A
25A
Circuits protected
Rear heating, ventilation and air conditioning
Driver seat adjuster
Driver door module
Passenger door module
165
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
F21
F22
F23
F24
F25
F26
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
F20
F27
F28
Fuse
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
Fuses
-
-
-
20A
40A
40A
-
-
-
15A
-
-
Fuse Rating
-
25A
25A
10A
-
-
-
10A
5A
7.5A
30A
20A
Circuits protected
Not used
Door control unit (left-hand rear)
Door control unit (right-hand rear)
Security horn
Not used
Not used
Not used
Climate control (vehicles with start-stop)
Instrument panel cluster (vehicles with start-stop)
Information and entertainment display
SYNC
Global positioning system module (vehicles with start-stop)
Audio unit (vehicles with start-stop)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Rear auxiliary power points
Rear blower motor
Accessories
Trailer tow module
Voltage quality module
Fuel fired booster heater
166
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuses
F30
F31
F32
F33
F34
F35
F36
F37
F38
F39
F40
F41
F42
F43
F44
F45
F46
Fuse
F29
Relay
R1
R2
R3
15A
15A
-
20A
5A
-
-
-
-
-
7.5A
Fuse Rating
5A
-
-
-
-
-
5A
Circuits protected
Blind spot monitoring system
Front view camera
Adaptive cruise control
Rear view camera with park assist
Low voltage DC/DC converter ignition signal
Parking aid
Not used
Not used
Not used
Driver heated seat
Passenger heated seat
Not used
Power sunblind
Not used
Not used
Ignition (Rear heating, ventilation and air conditioning module)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Rear view camera with park assist (vehicles with start-stop)
Circuits switched
Ignition switch
Rear heating, ventilation and air conditioning motor
Not used
167
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuses
Relay
R4
R5
R6
Not used
Security horn
Not used
Circuits switched
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire.
If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components.
2A
3A
4A
5A
7.5A
10A
15A
20A
25A
30A
40A
Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color
Fuse rating Mini fuses
Grey
Violet
Pink
Tan
Brown
Red
Blue
Yellow
Natural
Green
-
Standard fuses
Grey
Violet
Pink
Tan
Brown
Red
Blue
Yellow
Natural
Green
-
Color
Maxi fuses
-
-
Yellow
-
-
-
-
-
-
Green
Orange
Cartridge maxi fuses
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Blue
Natural
Pink
Green
Fuse link cartridge
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Blue
Natural
Pink
Green
168
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Fuses
Fuse rating Mini fuses
50A
60A
70A
80A
-
-
-
-
Standard fuses
Color
Maxi fuses
-
-
-
-
Red
Blue
Tan
Natural
Cartridge maxi fuses
Red
Yellow
-
Black
Fuse link cartridge
Red
Yellow
Brown
Black
169
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value. There is a large network of Ford authorized repairers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise. Authorized repairers are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly, with a wide range of highly specialized tools.
In addition to regular servicing, we recommend that you carry out the following checks.
WARNINGS
Switch the ignition off before touching or attempting adjustment of any kind.
Do not touch the electronic ignition system parts after you have switched the ignition on or when the engine is running. The system operates at high voltage.
Keep your hands and clothing clear of the engine cooling fan. Under certain conditions, the fan may continue to run for several minutes after you have switched the engine off.
Make sure that you fit filler caps securely after carrying out maintenance checks.
Daily Checks
• Exterior lamps.
• Interior lamps.
• Warning lamps and indicators.
Check When Refueling
•
Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
•
Brake fluid level. See Brake and
Clutch Fluid Check (page 179).
•
Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid
•
Tire pressures (when cold). See Tire
•
Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires
Monthly Checks
•
Engine coolant level (engine cold). See
Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
• Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
• Air conditioning operation.
• Parking brake operation.
• Horn operation.
•
Tightness of lug nuts. See Tire Care
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
1.
Open the front door.
2. Pull the hood release handle.
170
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
3. Move the catch to the left.
4. Open the hood and support it with the support rod.
Closing the Hood
1.
Remove the support rod from the catch and secure correctly.
2. Lower the hood and allow it to drop under its own weight for the last 8 inches to 12 inches (20 centimeters to 30 centimeters).
Note: Make sure the hood is fully closed.
171
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.0L ECOBOOST™, LHD
A
B
C
D
Engine coolant reservoir
*
: See Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
Engine oil dipstick
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
Engine oil filler cap
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir
*
: See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
E
F
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 180).
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 158).
G
H
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
* The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
172
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.0L ECOBOOST™, RHD
A
B
C
D
Engine coolant reservoir
*
: See Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir
*
: See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
Engine oil dipstick
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
Engine oil filler cap
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
E
F
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 180).
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 158).
G
H
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
* The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
173
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L ECOBOOST™, LHD
A
B
C
Engine coolant reservoir
*
: See Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
Engine oil filler cap
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
Engine oil dipstick
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
D
E
F
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir
*
: See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery
Engine compartment fuse box: See
G
H
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
* The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
174
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L ECOBOOST™, RHD
A
B
C
D
Engine coolant reservoir
*
: See Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir
*
: See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
Engine oil filler cap
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
Engine oil dipstick
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
E
F
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 180).
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 158).
G
H
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
* The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
175
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (DV) DIESEL,
LHD
A
B
C
Engine coolant reservoir
*
: See Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
Engine oil filler cap
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
Engine oil dipstick
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
D
E
F
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir
*
: See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery
Engine compartment fuse box: See
G
H
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
* The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
176
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (DV) DIESEL,
RHD
A
B
C
D
Engine coolant reservoir
*
: See Engine Coolant Check (page 179).
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir
*
: See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
Engine oil filler cap
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
Engine oil dipstick
*
: See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 178).
E
F
Battery: See Changing the 12V Battery (page 180).
Engine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 158).
G
H
Air cleaner: No maintenance necessary.
Windshield and rear window washer fluid reservoir: See Washer Fluid Check
* The filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are colored for easy identification.
177
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.0L
ECOBOOST™
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.6L
DURATORQ-TDCI (DV) DIESEL
A
B
Minimum
Maximum
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.6L
ECOBOOST™
A
B
Minimum
Maximum
A
B
Minimum
Maximum
ENGINE OIL CHECK
1.
Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground.
2. Check the oil level before starting the engine, or switch the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint free cloth. Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level.
If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add
oil immediately. See Technical
Note: Make sure that the oil level is between the minimum and the maximum marks.
Note: Do not use oil additives or other engine treatments. Under certain conditions they may cause engine damage.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines reaches its normal level after approximately
3000 mi (5,000 km).
178
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
WARNINGS
Only add oil when the engine is cold.
If the engine is hot, wait 10 minutes for the engine to cool down.
Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running.
1.
Remove the engine oil filler cap.
2. Add engine oil that meets Ford
3. Replace the engine oil filler cap. Turn it until you feel a strong resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the maximum mark. Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Soak up any spillage with an absorbent cloth immediately.
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNING
Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician.
Note: Make sure that the level is between the MIN and the MAX marks.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may therefore extend beyond the MAX mark.
If the level is at the MIN mark, add coolant immediately.
Adding Engine Coolant
WARNINGS
Only add coolant when the engine is cold. If the engine is hot, wait 10 minutes for the engine to cool down.
WARNINGS
Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running.
Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is hot. Wait for the engine to cool down.
Undiluted coolant is flammable and may ignite if spilt on a hot exhaust.
Note: In an emergency, you can add just water to the cooling system to reach a vehicle service station. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Note: Prolonged use of incorrect dilution of the coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing.
Note: Do not add coolant further than the
MAX mark.
1.
Remove the filler cap. Any pressure will escape slowly as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add a 50/50 mixture of coolant and water using fluid that meets the Ford
3. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you feel a strong resistance.
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID
CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not use any fluid other than the recommended brake fluid as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use of incorrect fluid could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.
179
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
WARNINGS
Only use brake fluid from a sealed container. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. This could cause serious personal injury. Rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and consult a physician.
A fluid level between the MAX and
MIN lines is within the normal operating range and there is no need to add fluid. A fluid level outside of the normal operating range could compromise the performance of the brake or clutch systems. Have your vehicle checked immediately.
When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer fluid and water to help prevent freezing in cold weather and improve the cleaning capability. We recommend that you use only high quality washer fluid.
For information on fluid dilution, refer to the product instructions.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING
For vehicles with Start-Stop the battery requirement is different. You must replace the battery with one of exactly the same specification.
The battery is located in the engine
compartment. See Maintenance (page
Note: You must reset the bounce-back
feature for the power windows. See Power
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries.
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
Note: The brake and the clutch systems are supplied from the same reservoir.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
Note: The reservoir supplies the front and rear washer systems.
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness.
180
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Note: Use the service position in winter to provide easier access to the front wiper blades for freeing them from snow and ice.
The front wipers will not return to their normal position as soon as you switch on the ignition. The front wipers will stay in the service position when you switch the ignition on or start the engine. Switch on the front wipers to any mode, then switch off the front wipers to bring the front wipers back to the park position.
Note: The windshield wiper blades are different in length. If you install wiper blades of the wrong length, the wipers may not work correctly. If equipped with autowipers, the rain sensor may not work correctly.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield. The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when the ignition is turned on.
Note: Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance.
Note: Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield
Setting the Front Wipers in the
Service Position
1.
Make sure that the outside of the windshield is free from snow and ice.
2. Switch on the ignition.
3. Switch off the ignition and within three seconds, pull the wiper lever to toward you. Hold the lever in until wipers have moved to the service position.
4. Release the lever when the wipers have moved to the service position.
Changing the Front Wiper Blades
1.
Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass.
181
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
4. Remove the wiper blade.
Install new wiper blades in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.
Double Rear Doors
2. Press the locking buttons together.
3. Rotate and remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield. The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when you switch the ignition on.
Rear Window Wiper Blades
Liftgate
1.
Lift the wiper arm.
1.
Lift the wiper arm.
2. Position the wiper blade at right angles to the wiper arm.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade from the wiper arm.
3. Disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm.
3. Disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm.
182
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
4. Unhook the wiper blade from the wiper arm.
5. Slide the wiper blade to the side.
WARNINGS injury.
Bulbs can become hot, let the bulb cool down before removing it. Failure to do so could result in personal
The following instructions describe how to remove the bulbs. Fit replacements in the reverse order unless otherwise stated.
You must fit bulbs of the correct
specification. See Bulb Specification
Note: We recommended that you see an authorized dealer to change the headlamp bulbs if your vehicle is fitted with air conditioning. Some bulbs are difficult to access.
Headlamp
Remove the covers to gain access to the bulbs.
6. Remove the wiper blade.
Install new wiper blades in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.
CHANGING A BULB
WARNINGS
Switch the lamps and the ignition off.
Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury.
A
B
C
Headlamp low beam and side lamp
Headlamp high beam
Direction indicator
183
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Side Lamp
Maintenance
Headlamp Low Beam
1.
Remove the cover.
2. Remove the low beam bulb to gain access to the side lamp bulb.
3. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it straight out.
4. Remove the bulb from the bulb holder by pulling it straight out.
Direction Indicator
1.
Remove the cover.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
Headlamp High Beam
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from the bulb holder.
1.
Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.
1.
Remove the cover.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
2. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove it.
184
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Side Direction Indicator
Maintenance
Front Fog Lamps
1.
Turn the lamp clockwise and remove it.
1.
Disconnect the electrical connector.
Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from the bulb holder.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.
Rear Lamps
2. Hold the bulb holder and turn the lamp counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
1.
Remove the screws.
185
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
2. Turn the bulb holders counterclockwise to remove them.
3. Remove the bulbs by pulling them straight out.
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp
These are not serviceable items, see an authorized dealer if they fail.
License Plate Lamp
These are not serviceable items, see an authorized dealer if they fail.
Front Interior Lamp
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
Front Interior LED Lamps
(If Equipped)
Note: If your vehicle has LED lamps these are not serviceable items, see an authorized dealer if they fail.
1.
Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.
186
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Reading Lamps
Maintenance
1.
Pry off the lamp cover.
1.
Carefully remove the lamp.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
Cargo Area Lamp
(If Equipped)
2. Remove the cover.
3. Remove the bulb.
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Lamp
Approach lamp
Brake and tail lamp
Cornering lamp
Front direction indicator
Specification
W5W
P21/5W
H1
PW24W
Power (watt)
5
21/5
55
24
187
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Lamp
Front fog lamp
Front interior lamp
Headlamp high beam
Headlamp low beam
License plate lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
Map reading lamp
Rear direction indicator
Rear fog lamp
Reversing lamp
Side repeater
Maintenance
Specification
H11
W6W
H15
H7
W5W
211 Festoon
W6W
PY21W
P21W
W16W
WY5W
Power (watt)
55
6
55
55
5
10
6
21
21
16
5
188
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (DV)
DIESEL
Vehicle Fluids
Item
Engine oil
Engine coolant
Brake fluid
Specification
WSS-M2C913-D
WSS-M97B44-D
WSS-M97B44-D2
WSS-M6C65-A2
ISO 4925 Class 6
Viscosity Grade
5W-30
-
-
-
Recommended fluid
Castrol Engine Oil
Ford Engine Oil
Antifreeze Super
Plus Premium
Motorcraft Antifreeze Super Plus
Premium Ready Mix
Brake Fluid DOT 4
LV High Performance
Use oil and fluids that meet the defined specification and viscosity grades. If you use oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade this may lead to:
• component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty
• longer engine cranking periods
• increased emission levels
• reduced engine performance
• reduced fuel economy.
We recommend Castrol Engine Oil and
Ford Engine Oil.
189
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
Item
Windshield and rear window washer system - including headlamp washer
Engine cooling system
Fuel tank
Engine lubrication system - including the oil filter
Engine lubrication system - excluding the oil filter
Engine Oil Adding Capacities
Quantity
0.5 gal (2.4 L)
* The amount of oil required to raise the level on the dipstick from minimum to maximum.
Quantity
0.7 gal (3 L)
1.6 gal (7.3 L)
13.2 gal (60 L)
1.4 gal (6.2 L)
1.3 gal (5.8 L)
190
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - 1.0L ECOBOOST™
Vehicle Fluids
Item
Engine oil
Engine coolant
Brake fluid
Specification
WSS-M2C948-B
WSS-M97B44-D
WSS-M97B44-D2
WSS-M6C65-A2 or
ISO 4925 Class 6
Viscosity Grade
5W-20
-
-
-
Recommended fluid
Castrol Engine Oil
Ford Engine Oil
Antifreeze Super
Plus Premium
Motorcraft Antifreeze Super Plus
Premium Ready Mix
Brake Fluid DOT 4
LV High Performance
Use oil and fluids that meet the defined specification and viscosity grades. If you use oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade this may lead to:
• component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty
• longer engine cranking periods
• increased emission levels
• reduced engine performance
• reduced fuel economy.
We recommend Castrol Engine Oil and
Ford Engine Oil.
191
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
Item
Windshield and rear window washer system - including headlamp washer
Engine cooling system
Fuel tank
Engine lubrication system - including the oil filter
Engine lubrication system - excluding the oil filter
Quantity
0.7 gal (3 L)
1.3 gal (5.85 L)
13.2 gal (60 L)
0.9 gal (4.1 L)
0.8 gal (4 L)
Engine Oil Adding Capacities
Quantity
0.2 gal (1 L)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - 1.6L ECOBOOST™
Vehicle Fluids
Item Specification Viscosity Grade
Engine oil
Alternative engine oil
Engine coolant
WSS-M2C948-B
WSS-M2C913-C
WSS-M97B44-D
5W-20
5W-30
-
Recommended fluid
Castrol Engine Oil
Ford Engine Oil
Castrol Engine Oil
Ford Engine Oil
Motorcraft Antifreeze Super Plus
Premium
192
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
Item
Brake fluid
Specification
WSS-M97B44-D2
WSS-M6C65-A2
ISO 4925 Class 6
Viscosity Grade
-
-
Recommended fluid
Motorcraft Antifreeze Super Plus
Premium Ready Mix
Motorcraft Brake
Fluid DOT 4 LV High
Performance
Adding oil: If you are unable to find an oil that meets the specification defined by
WSS-M2C948-B or WSS-M2C913-C, you must use SAE 5W-30 that meets the specification defined by ACEA A5/B5.
Use oil and fluids that meet the defined specification and viscosity grades. If you use oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade this may lead to:
• component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty
• longer engine cranking periods
• increased emission levels
• reduced engine performance
• reduced fuel economy.
We recommend Castrol Engine Oil and
Ford Engine Oil.
Item
Windshield and rear window washer system - including headlamp washer
Engine cooling system
Fuel tank
Engine lubrication system - including the oil filter
Engine lubrication system - excluding the oil filter
Quantity
0.7 gal (3 L)
2 gal (9.1 L)
13.2 gal (60 L)
0.9 gal (4.1 L)
0.8 gal (3.75 L)
193
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Maintenance
Engine Oil Adding Capacities
Quantity
0.2 gal (0.75 L)
*
The amount of oil required to raise the level on the dipstick from minimum to maximum.
194
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing cycle, make sure that you remove the wax from the windshield and the wiper blades.
Note: Prior to using a car wash facility check the suitability of it for your vehicle.
Note: Some car washes use water at high pressure. Due to this, water droplets may enter inside your vehicle and could also damage certain parts of your vehicle.
Note: Remove the aerial before using an automatic car wash.
Note: Switch the heater blower off to prevent contamination of the fresh air filter.
We recommend that you wash your vehicle with a sponge and lukewarm water containing a car shampoo.
Cleaning the Headlamps
Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when they are dry.
Cleaning the Rear Window
Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear window or use abrasives or chemical solvents to clean it.
Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp chamois leather to clean the inside of the rear window.
Cleaning the Chrome Trim
Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical solvents. Use soapy water.
Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause damage over a period of time.
Body Paintwork Preservation
WARNINGS
Do not polish your vehicle in strong sunshine.
Do not allow polish to touch plastic surfaces. It could be difficult to remove.
Do not apply polish to the windshield or rear window. This could cause the wipers to become noisy and they may not clear the window properly.
We recommend that you wax the paintwork once or twice a year.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage may not be covered by your warranty.
Safety Belts
Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate the safety belt retractor mechanism.
Clean them with interior cleaner or water applied with a soft sponge. Let them dry naturally, away from artificial heat.
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD
Screens and Radio Screens
Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean them.
195
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Vehicle Care
Rear Windows
Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to clean the interior of the rear windows.
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the interior of the rear windows.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
You should repair paintwork damage caused by stones from the road or minor scratches as soon as possible. A choice of products are available from an authorized dealer.
Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips.
Always read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions before using the products.
CLEANING THE ALLOY
WHEELS
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period of time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergent.
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so.
This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and linings.
Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers.
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain their condition we recommend that you:
• Clean them weekly with the recommended wheel and tire cleaner.
• Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation.
• Rinse them thoroughly with a pressurized stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process.
We recommend that you use Ford service wheel cleaner. Make sure that you read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
Using other non-recommended cleaning products can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.
196
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
GENERAL INFORMATION
A decal with tire pressure data is located in the driver’s door opening.
Check and set the tire pressure at the ambient temperature in which you are intending to drive your vehicle and when the tires are cold.
Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to optimize fuel economy.
Note: Use only approved wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes could damage your vehicle and will make the National Type
Approval invalid.
Note: If you change the diameter of the tires from that fitted at the factory, the speedometer may not display the correct speed. Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer to have the engine management system reprogrammed.
Note: If you intend to change the size of the wheels from that fitted at the factory, check the suitability with an authorized dealer.
TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT
Your vehicle may not have a spare tire.
Therefore you will have a temporary mobility kit which will only repair one damaged tire.
The kit is located in the left-hand side of the rear luggage compartment.
General Information
WARNINGS
Depending on the type and extent of tire damage, some tires can only be partially sealed or not sealed at all.
Loss of tire pressure can affect vehicle handling, leading to loss of vehicle control.
WARNINGS
Do not use the kit on a previously damaged tire, for example when it has been driven under inflated. This could cause loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.
Do not use the kit on run flat tires.
This could cause loss of vehicle control.
Do not try to seal damage to the tire sidewall. The tire could burst and cause loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.
The kit seals most tire punctures with a diameter of up to ¼ inch (six millimeters).
This is to temporarily restore mobility.
You must observe the following rules when using the kit:
• Drive with caution and avoid making sudden steering or driving maneuvers, especially if your vehicle is heavily loaded or you are towing a trailer.
• The kit will provide you with an emergency temporary repair, enabling you to continue your journey to the next vehicle or tire dealer, or to drive a maximum distance of 125 miles
(200 kilometers).
• Do not exceed a maximum speed of
50 mph (80 km/h).
• Keep the kit out of the reach of children.
• Only use the kit when the ambient temperature is between -40°F
(–40°C) and +158°F (+70°C).
Using the Kit
WARNINGS
Compressed air can act as an explosive or propellant which could cause serious personal injury.
197
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
Never leave the kit unattended while in use.
Do not keep the compressor operating for more than 10 minutes.
This could cause loss of vehicle control or personal injury.
Note: You must only use the kit for the vehicle with which it was supplied.
• Park your vehicle at the roadside so that you do not obstruct the flow of traffic and so that you are able to use the kit without being in danger.
• Apply the parking brake, even if you have parked on a level road, to make sure that your vehicle will not move.
• Do not attempt to remove foreign objects like nails or screws penetrating the tire.
• Leave the engine running while the kit is in use, but not if your vehicle is in an enclosed or poorly ventilated area (for example inside a building). In these circumstances, switch the compressor on with the engine switched off.
• You must replace the sealant bottle with a new one before the expiry date
(see top of bottle).
• Inform all other users of your vehicle that the tire has been temporarily sealed with the kit. Make them aware of the special driving conditions that must be observed.
Inflating the Tire
WARNINGS
Check the sidewall of the tire prior to inflation. If there are any cracks, bumps or similar damage, do not attempt to inflate the tire. This could cause personal injury.
WARNINGS
Do not stand directly beside the tire while the compressor is operating.
This could cause personal injury if the tire bursts.
Watch the sidewall of the tire. If any cracks, bumps or similar damage appears, switch the compressor off and let the air out by means of the pressure relief valve F. Do not continue driving with this tire. This could cause loss of vehicle control.
The sealant contains natural rubber latex. Avoid contact with skin and clothing. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and consult a physician.
If the tire inflation pressure does not reach 1.8 bar (26 psi) within 10 minutes, the tire may have suffered excessive damage, making a temporary repair impossible. In this case, do not continue driving with this tire. This could cause loss of vehicle control.
Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder will pierce the seal of the bottle. Do not unscrew the bottle from the holder as the sealant will escape, which could cause serious personal injury.
198
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
A
D
E
B
C
F
G
H
I
Sealant bottle
Bottle lid
Orange cap
Compressor switch
Power plug with cable
Pressure relief valve
Protective cap
Hose
Bottle holder
Wheels and Tires
J
K
Label
Pressure gauge
1.
Peel off the label J showing the maximum permissible speed of
50 mph (80 km/h) from the casing and attach it to the instrument panel in the driver’s field of view. Make sure the label does not obscure anything important.
2. Take the hose H and the power plug with cable E out of the kit.
3. Unscrew the orange cap C and the bottle lid B.
4. Screw the sealant bottle A clockwise into the bottle holder I fully tight.
5. Remove the valve cap from the damaged tire.
6. Detach the protective cap G from the hose H and screw the hose H firmly onto the valve of the damaged tire.
7.
Make sure that the compressor switch
D is in position 0 and the pressure relief valve F is closed.
8. Insert the power plug E into the cigar
lighter socket or auxiliary power point.
See Cigar Lighter (page 108). See
Auxiliary Power Points (page 108).
9. Start the engine.
10.
Move the compressor switch D to position 1.
11.
Inflate the tire for no longer than 10 minutes to an inflation pressure of minimum 1.8 bar (26 psi) and a maximum of 3.5 bar (51 psi). Move the compressor switch D to position
0 and check the current tire pressure with pressure gauge K.
Note: When pumping in the sealant through the tire valve, the pressure may rise up to
6 bar (87 psi) but will drop again after about
30 seconds.
199
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: After you have switched the compressor off, you may hear air escaping from the damaged tire. This is normal and can be ignored provided that the specified minimum tire pressure has been reached.
12.
Remove the power plug E from the cigar lighter socket or auxiliary power point.
13.
Quickly unscrew the hose H from the tire valve and replace the protective cap G. Fasten the valve cap again.
Note: Some residual sealant fluid may drip or spray out of hose H while you are disconnecting it. This is normal.
14.
Leave the sealant bottle A in the bottle holder I.
15.
Make sure the kit, the bottle lid and the orange cap are stored safely, but still easily accessible in your vehicle.
The kit will be required again when you check the tire pressure.
16.
Immediately drive approximately two miles (three kilometers) so that the sealant can seal the damaged area.
WARNING
If you experience heavy vibrations, unsteady steering behavior or noises while driving, reduce your speed gradually and stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Recheck the tire and its pressure. If the tire pressure is less than
1.3 bar (19 psi) or if there are any cracks, bumps or similar damage visible, do not continue driving with this tire. This could cause loss of vehicle control.
Checking the Tire Pressure
WARNING
Before driving, make sure the tire is adjusted to the recommended
inflation pressure. See Technical
Specifications (page 210). Monitor the
tire pressure until the sealed tire is replaced.
1.
Stop your vehicle after driving approximately two miles (three kilometers). Check, and where necessary, adjust the pressure of the damaged tire.
2. Attach the kit and read the tire pressure from the pressure gauge K.
3. If the pressure of the sealant-filled tire is 1.3 bar (19 psi) or more, adjust it to
the specified pressure. See Technical
4. Follow the inflation procedure once again to top up the tire.
5. Check the tire pressure again from the pressure gauge K. If the tire pressure is too high, deflate the tire to the specified pressure using the pressure relief valve F.
6. Once you have inflated the tire to its correct tire pressure, move the compressor switch D to position 0, remove the power plug E from the socket, unscrew the hose H, fasten the valve cap and replace the protective cap G.
7.
Leave the sealant bottle A in the bottle holder I and store the kit away safely in its original location.
8. Drive to the nearest tire specialist to get the damaged tire replaced. Before the tire is removed from the rim, inform your tire dealer that the tire contains sealant. You must renew the sealant bottle A and hose H as soon as possible once used.
200
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: Remember that this kit only provides temporary mobility. Regulations concerning tire repair after usage of the kit may differ from country to country. You should consult a tire specialist for advice.
Empty sealant bottles can be disposed of together with normal household waste.
Return remains of sealant to an authorized dealer or dispose of it in compliance with local waste disposal regulations.
TIRE CARE
To make sure the front and rear tires of your vehicle wear evenly and last longer, we recommend that you swap the tires from front to rear and vice versa at regular intervals of between 3000 and 6000 miles
(5000 and 10000 kilometers).
WARNING
Do not scrub the sidewalls of the tires when you are parking.
If you have to mount a curb, do so slowly and approach it with the wheels at right-angles to the curb.
Examine the tires regularly for cuts, foreign objects and uneven wear of the tread.
Uneven wear could mean that the wheel alignment is outside specification.
Check the tire pressures (including the spare) when cold, every two weeks.
USING WINTER TIRES
If winter tires are used you must inflate them to the same tire pressures as those listed in the tire pressure table.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNINGS
Do not exceed 30 mph (50 km/h).
Do not use snow chains on snow-free roads.
Only fit snow chains to specified
tires. See Technical Specifications
If your vehicle has wheel trims, remove them before fitting snow chains.
Note: The anti-lock braking system will continue to operate normally.
Only use small link snow chains of approximately 10 mm.
Only use snow chains on the front wheels.
Vehicles with Stability Control
When stability control is on, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics. To reduce this, switch
traction control off. See Using Stability
201
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressures. You should periodically check tire pressures using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly maintain tire pressures could increase the risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.
You must check the tire pressures
(including the spare tire where applicable) every two weeks when the tires are cold.
You must inflate the tires to the correct pressure.
See Wheels and Tires (page 197). The tire
pressures are also on the tire inflation pressure label (located on the edge of driver door or the B-Pillar).
As a driver assistance feature, your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring system. A warning lamp will illuminate when one or more of the tires are significantly under-inflated. If the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates, you should stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, check the tires and inflate them to the correct pressure.
Driving on under-inflated tires can:
• Cause them to overheat.
• Lead to tire failure.
• Reduce fuel efficiency.
• Reduce tire life.
• Affect vehicle handling or stopping ability.
The system is not a substitute for correct tire maintenance.
You must maintain the correct tire pressures, even if low tire pressure has not illuminated the warning lamp.
The tire pressure monitoring system has a system malfunction indicator to warn you when the system is not operating correctly.
The malfunction indicator and low tire pressure warning lamp have a combined function. When the system detects a malfunction, the warning lamp will flash for approximately one minute and then remain illuminated. This sequence will occur every time you switch the ignition on while the malfunction remains. The system has detected a fault that requires service.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressures. A malfunction may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of a replacement tire or wheel that prevents the system from functioning correctly.
Always check the tire pressure monitoring system malfunction warning after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle. Make sure the replacement tires or wheels allow the system to continue to function correctly. See When the Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section.
How Temperature Affects the Tire
Pressures
Under normal driving conditions tire pressures may increase by up to 4 psi
(0.3 bar) from a cold start situation.
202
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
If the vehicle is stationary overnight and the temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature, tire pressures may decrease by up to 3 psi (0.2 bar) when there is a drop in the ambient temperature of 31°F (17°C) or more. The system detects this pressure decrease as being significantly below the correct inflation pressure and the warning lamp illuminates.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
You should always have tires serviced by an authorized dealer.
Note: Each road wheel and tire is fitted with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor attaches to the valve stem. The tire covers the pressure sensor and it is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor.
Understanding the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
The system measures the pressure in the four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle.
The system detects this lower pressure as being significantly below the correct inflation pressure and the warning lamp illuminates. You must inflate the tires to the correct pressure.
When the Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
If you need to replace a road wheel and tire with the temporary spare wheel, the system will continue to identify a defect.
This is to remind you to repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit the repaired road wheel and tire assembly to your vehicle. To restore the correct operation of the system, you must have the repaired road wheel and tire assembly refitted to your vehicle.
When You Believe the System is Not
Operating Correctly
The main function of the system is to warn you when the tire pressures are low. It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of operating correctly.
See the following chart for information concerning the system:
When Inflating the Tires
When inflating the tires the system may not respond immediately to the air added to the tires.
203
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
System Warning Lamps
Warning lamp Description
Solid warning lamp Tire(s) under-inflated
Action
1.
Make sure tires are at the correct
pressure. See Wheels and Tires
(page 197). The tire pressures are also
on the tire inflation pressure label
(located on the edge of driver door or the B-Pillar).
2. After inflating the tires to the correct pressure you must carry out the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System Reset
Procedure in this chapter.
Solid warning lamp initially followed by a flashing warning lamp
Spare tire in use
Spare tire in use
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit the repaired road wheel and tire assembly to your vehicle to restore the correct operation of the system.
Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction
If the tires are correctly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, the system has detected a fault that requires service.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit the repaired road wheel and tire assembly to your vehicle to restore the correct operation of the system.
Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction
If the tires are correctly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, the system has detected a fault that requires service.
If the Warning Lamp is On:
1.
Check each tire to verify that none are flat.
2. If one or more tires are flat, repair as necessary.
3. Check the tire pressures and inflate all the tires to the correct pressure.
4. Carry out the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Reset Procedure
Overview
You must carry out the system reset procedure after each tire replacement or adjustment of the tire pressures.
204
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
To maintain your vehicle load carrying capability, your vehicle requires different tire pressures in the front tires compared to the rear tires.
The system illuminates the warning lamp at different pressures for the front and rear tires.
The tires need to be periodically rotated to provide consistent performance and maximum tire life, the system needs to know when the tires have been rotated to determine which set of tires are on the front and rear axles. With this information, the system can detect and correctly warn of low tire pressures.
Carrying Out the System Reset
Procedure
1.
Check the tire pressures and inflate all the tires to the correct pressure.
2. Use the information display controls on the steering wheel or instrument
panel. See Information Displays
To reset the tire pressure monitoring system, scroll to:
Settings
Message
Driver assist
Tire Monitor
Description and Action
Press the OK button.
Press the OK button.
Press and hold the OK button until confirmation appears.
Alternatively, if your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring system reset button, press and hold the button until confirmation appears.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
Lug Nuts
You can obtain a replacement locking lug nut key and replacement locking lug nuts from an authorized dealer using the reference number certificate.
Vehicles with a Spare Wheel
If the spare wheel is exactly the same type and size as the other fitted road wheels, you can replace the existing road wheel with the spare wheel and continue to drive in the normal manner.
If the spare wheel is different to the other road wheels, it will carry a yellow label with the appropriate speed limit.
Refer to the following information before changing the road wheel.
WARNINGS
Drive the shortest possible distances.
Do not fit more than one spare wheel on your vehicle at any one time.
Do not carry out any tire repairs on a spare wheel.
Do not drive through an automatic car wash.
205
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
If you are unsure what type of spare wheel you have do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
Only fit snow chains to specified
tires. See Technical Specifications
The ground clearance of your vehicle may be reduced. Take care when parking next to a curb.
Note: Your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics.
Vehicle Jack
WARNINGS
The vehicle jack supplied with your vehicle should only be used when changing a wheel in emergency situations.
Before using the vehicle jack, check that it is not damaged or deformed and that the thread is lubricated and free from foreign matter.
Never place anything between the jack and the ground, or the jack and your vehicle.
Note: Vehicles with a temporary mobility kit do not have a vehicle jack or a wheel brace.
It is recommended to use a workshop type hydraulic jack for changing between summer and winter tires.
Note: Use a jack with a minimum lifting capacity of 1.5 tonnes and a lifting plate with a minimum diameter of approximately 3 inches (76 millimeters).
Vehicles without a Temporary Mobility
Kit
Your vehicle jack and wheel brace are located in the left-hand side of the luggage compartment.
Jacking and Lifting Points
WARNING
Use only the specified jacking points.
If you use other positions, you may damage the body, steering, suspension, engine, braking system or the fuel lines.
206
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
A
B
Emergency use only
Maintenance
Indentations in the sills show the location of the jacking points.
207
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
1.
Insert the hexagonal end of the wheel brace into the guide hole.
2. Turn the wheel brace counterclockwise until the spare wheel rests on the ground and there is slack in the cable.
3. Unscrew the cap and slide it back, turn the nipple of the cable through 90 degrees to remove the first cable.
4. Unscrew the nut to remove the second cable.
Removing the Wheel Trim
Note: You can use the wheel brace to raise and lower the jack.
Lowering the Spare Wheel
1.
Insert the wheel brace and carefully remove the wheel trim.
Note: Make sure that you pull the wheel trim remover at right angles to the trim.
Removing a Road Wheel
WARNINGS
Park your vehicle in such a position that neither the traffic nor you are hindered or endangered.
208
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
Set up a warning triangle.
Make sure that your vehicle is on firm, level ground with the wheels pointing straight ahead.
Switch the ignition off and apply the parking brake.
If your vehicle has a manual transmission, select first or reverse gear. If it has an automatic transmission, select park.
Have the passengers leave your vehicle.
Secure the diagonally opposite wheel with an appropriate block or wheel chock.
Do not work underneath your vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
Make sure that the jack is vertical to the jacking point and the base is flat on the ground.
1.
Install the locking lug nut key.
3. Jack up your vehicle until the tire is clear of the ground.
4. Remove the lug nuts and the wheel.
Note: Do not lay alloy wheels face down on the ground, this will damage the paint.
Installing a Road Wheel
WARNINGS
Make sure that the arrows on directional tires point in the direction of rotation when your vehicle is moving forward. If you have to fit a spare wheel with the arrows pointing in the opposite direction, have the tire refitted in the correct direction by an authorized dealer.
Use only approved wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes could damage your vehicle and will make
the National Type Approval invalid. See
Technical Specifications (page 210).
Do not fit run flat tires on vehicles that were not originally fitted with them. See an authorized dealer for more details about compatibility.
WARNINGS
Do not install alloy wheels using lug nuts designed for use with steel wheels.
Lug nuts are subject to change. You must make sure that you use only the specific lug nuts and wheels supplied for your vehicle. If in doubt see an authorized dealer.
Make sure there is no lubrication
(grease or oil) on the threads or the surface between the wheel lugs and nuts. This can cause the lug nuts to loosen while driving.
2. Slacken the lug nuts.
209
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: The lug nuts of alloy wheels can also be used for the steel spare wheel for a short time (maximum two weeks).
Note: Make sure the wheel and hub contact surfaces are free from foreign matter.
Note: Make sure that the cones on the lug nuts are against the wheel.
1.
Install the wheel.
2. Install the lug nuts finger tight.
3. Install the locking lug nut key.
4. Partially tighten the lug nuts in the sequence shown.
5. Lower your vehicle and remove the jack.
6. Fully tighten the lug nuts in the
7.
Install the wheel trim using the ball of your hand.
WARNING
Have the lug nuts checked for tightness and the tire pressure checked as soon as possible.
Stowing the Flat Tire
Do not raise the spare wheel carrier without the wheel attached. Damage can occur to the winch mechanism if lowered without a wheel attached.
Note: Do not lay alloy wheels face down on the ground, this will damage the paint.
When stowing the flat tire use a sheet or mat under the wheel to protect the paint.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - SHORT WHEELBASE KOMBI
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
All
lb.ft (Nm)
100 lb.ft (135 Nm)
210
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Tire size Variant
Normal load
Front Rear psi (bar) psi (bar)
205/60 R16
* and 215/55 R16 *
530kg and
550kg
33 (2.3)
205/60 R16
* and 215/55 R16
*
725kg 33 (2.3)
205/55 R17
530kg and
550kg
*
Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
33 (2.3)
30 (2.1)
33 (2.3)
33 (2.3)
Front
Full load
Rear psi (bar) psi (bar)
36 (2.5) 42 (2.9)
36 (2.5)
36 (2.5)
49 (3.4)
42 (2.9)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - LONG WHEELBASE KOMBI
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
All
lb.ft (Nm)
100 (135)
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Tire size Front
Normal load
Rear psi (bar) psi (bar)
205/60 R16
* and 215/55 R16
*
205/55 R17
35 (2.4)
35 (2.4)
*
Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
35 (2.4)
36 (2.5)
Front psi (bar)
Full load
Rear psi (bar)
38 (2.6)
39 (2.7)
49 (3.4)
45 (3.1)
211
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - SHORT WHEELBASE VAN
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
All
lb.ft (Nm)
100 (135)
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Tire size Front
Normal load
Rear psi (bar) psi (bar)
205/60 R16
* and 215/55 R16
*
33 (2.3)
*
Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
30 (2.1)
Front psi (bar)
Full load
Rear psi (bar)
39 (2.7) 46 (3.2)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - LONG WHEELBASE VAN
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
All
lb.ft (Nm)
100 (135)
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Tire size Front
Normal load psi (bar)
Rear psi (bar)
205/60 R16
* and 215/55 R16
*
35 (2.4)
*
Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
35 (2.4)
Front psi (bar)
Full load
Rear psi (bar)
38 (2.6) 49 (3.4)
212
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Wheels and Tires
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - SHORT WHEELBASE DOUBLE
CAB IN VAN
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
All
lb.ft (Nm)
100 (135)
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Tire size Front
Normal load
Rear psi (bar) psi (bar)
205/60 R16
* and 215/55 R16
*
33 (2.3)
*
Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
30 (2.1)
Front psi (bar)
Full load
Rear psi (bar)
36 (2.5) 49 (3.4)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - LONG WHEELBASE DOUBLE CAB
IN VAN
Lug Nut Torque
Wheel type
All
lb.ft (Nm)
100 (135)
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Tire size Front
Normal load psi (bar)
Rear psi (bar)
205/60 R16
* and 215/55 R16
*
35 (2.4)
*
Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
35 (2.4)
Front psi (bar)
Full load
Rear psi (bar)
38 (2.6) 49 (3.4)
213
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - LONG WHEELBASE KOMBI
Vehicle Dimensions
Dimension description
Maximum length
Overall width including exterior mirrors
Overall height - EC curb weight
Wheelbase
Front track
Rear track in (mm)
189.7 (4,818)
84.1 (2,137)
72.6 (1,845)
120.6 (3,062)
61.7 (1,568)
62.4 (1,584)
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - LONG WHEELBASE DOUBLE CAB IN VAN
Vehicle Dimensions
Dimension description
Maximum length
Overall width including exterior mirrors
Overall height - EC curb weight
Wheelbase
Front track
Rear track in (mm)
189.7 (4,818)
84.1 (2,137)
73.3 (1,862)
120.6 (3,062)
61.7 (1,568)
62.4 (1,585)
214
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - SHORT WHEELBASE KOMBI
Vehicle Dimensions
Dimension description
Maximum length
Overall width including exterior mirrors
Overall height - EC curb weight
Wheelbase
Front track
Rear track in (mm)
173.9 (4,418)
84.1 (2,137)
72.9 (1,852)
104.8 (2,662)
61.7 (1,568)
62.4 (1,584)
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - SHORT WHEELBASE DOUBLE CAB IN
VAN
Vehicle Dimensions
Dimension description
Maximum length
Overall width including exterior mirrors
Overall height - EC curb weight
Wheelbase
Front track
Rear track in (mm)
173.9 (4,418)
84.1 (2,137)
73.3 (1,861)
104.8 (2,662)
61.7 (1,568)
62.4 (1,585)
215
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Capacities and Specifications
TOWBAR DIMENSIONS
216
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Capacities and Specifications
F
G
D
E
A
B
C
Item Dimension description
Bumper to end of tow ball
Attachment point to center of tow ball
Wheel center to center of tow ball
Center of tow ball to side member
Distance between side members
Center of tow ball to center of attachment point one
Center of tow ball to center of attachment point two
Maximum Permissible Nose Weight lb (kg)
165 lb (75 kg) in (mm)
4.4 (113)
0.8 (21)
37.9 (963)
19.4 (493)
38.8 (986)
10.6 (268)
19.9 (505)
Note: The information shown on the vehicle identification plate is dependent upon market requirements.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
PLATE
Note: Your vehicle identification plate design may vary to that shown.
A
B
Model
Variant
217
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Capacities and Specifications
C
F
G
D
E
H
I
Engine designation
Engine power and emission level
Vehicle identification number
Gross vehicle weight
Gross train weight
Maximum front axle weight
Maximum rear axle weight
Your vehicle identification number and maximum weights are shown on a plate, located at the bottom of the lock side of the right-hand door aperture.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is stamped into the floor panel on the right-hand side, beside the front seat. It is also shown on the left-hand side of the instrument panel.
218
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Capacities and Specifications
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES
1.0L EcoBoost
Urban
MPG
(L/100km)
44.1
(6.4)
Extra-Urban
MPG
(L/100km)
55.4
(5.1)
1.6L EcoBoost
Urban
MPG
(L/100km)
25.9–26.1
(10.9–10.8)
Extra-Urban
MPG
(L/100km)
44.8–47.9
(6.3–5.9)
1.6L DuraTorq-TDCi Diesel
Urban
MPG (L/100km)
49.5–62.8
(5.7–4.5)
Extra-Urban
MPG (L/100km)
61.4–76.3
(4.6–3.7)
Combined
MPG
(L/100km)
50.4
(5.6)
Combined
MPG
(L/100km)
35.3–36.7
(8.0–7.7)
Combined
MPG (L/100km)
56.5–70.6
(5.0–4.0)
CO2 Emissions g/km
129
CO2 Emissions g/km
179–184
CO2 Emissions g/km
105–130
219
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors
Distance and Strength
Terrain
Station overload
Radio reception factors
The further you travel away from an FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
When you pass near a radio transmission tower, a stronger signal can override a weaker signal and can cause interference in the audio system.
CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, certain recordable and re-recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players.
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed. You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please contact an authorized dealer for further information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a circular motion.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods.
MP3 and WMA Track and Folder
Structure
Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks and folder structures work as follows:
• There are two different modes for MP3 and WMA disc playback: MP3 and
WMA track mode (system default) and
MP3 and WMA folder mode.
• MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 and WMA disc. The player numbers each MP3 and WMA track on the disc (noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The maximum number of playable MP3 and
WMA files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present.
220
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
• MP3 and WMA folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders. The CD player numbers all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc
(noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension) and all folders containing
MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder)
T001 (track) to F253 T255.
• Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files.
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA discs, it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create.
While various files may be present, (files with extensions other than MP3 and
WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA extension are played; other files are ignored by the system. This enables you to use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer, home computer and your in-vehicle system.
In track mode, the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play, regardless of being in a specific folder). In folder mode, the system only plays the
MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/DIGITAL AUDIO
BROADCAST (DAB) RADIO
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
221
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
A
B
C
D
D
E
F
Display: Shows the status of the current mode selected.
USB socket: Insert to play audio from a compatible external device or memory stick.
SET: Press the button to adjust the sound settings for bass, treble, balance and fade.
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next station up the radio frequency band or the next track.
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next station down the radio frequency band or the previous track. In Bluetooth audio and USB modes press the buttons to go to the next or previous track.
Dial and end call: Press the button to make and end a call. The steering wheel
controls can also be used for this. See Steering Wheel (page 51).
Numeric keypad: Press the button to recall a previously stored station. To store a favorite station press and hold until the sound returns.
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
222
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
G
J
K
L
O
P
M
N
H
I
Information: Press the button to access more information if it does not fit the display.
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel announcements during an active announcement.
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
Microphone: Cell phone microphone.
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features, depending on which mode has been selected.
PHONE: Press the button to access the Bluetooth phone feature of the system by pressing PHONE then MENU . When paired further presses of this button will display phone name, signal strength and the battery level.
AUX: Press the button to access Bluetooth audio streaming, USB or Aux input playback.
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio bands. Press to cancel the menu or list browsing.
Cursor up and down: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices. In radio mode press to manual tune.
OK, Play and Pause: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections. Press to play or pause during playback with compatible external devices.
Set Button
This will allow you to adjust the sound settings, for example bass, treble, balance and fade.
1.
Press the SET button until the required setting is displayed.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the required level.
3. Press the OK button to confirm the new settings.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the frequency bands available.
You can use the button to return to radio reception when you have been listening to another source.
Station Tuning Control
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press the seek up or seek down button. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates.
Manual Tuning
Use the up and down arrow buttons to tune down or up the frequency band in small increments or press and hold to increment quickly, until you find a station you want to listen to.
Station Preset Buttons
This feature allows you to store your favorite stations. They can be recalled by selecting the appropriate frequency band and pressing one of the preset buttons.
223
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
1.
Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset buttons. A progress bar and message will appear. When the progress bar completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute momentarily as confirmation.
You can repeat this on each frequency band and for each preset button.
Note: When you drive to another part of the country, stations that broadcast on alternative frequencies, and are stored on preset buttons, may be updated with the correct frequency and station name for that area.
Traffic Information Control
Many stations that broadcast on the FM frequency band have a TP code to signify that they carry traffic program information.
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
Before you can receive traffic announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will appear to show the feature is switched on.
If you are already tuned to a station that broadcasts traffic information, TP will also be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search for a traffic program.
When traffic information is broadcast, it will automatically interrupt normal radio or device playback.
If a non-traffic station is selected or recalled using a preset button, the audio unit will remain on that station unless TA or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you select a preset or manual tune to a non traffic announcement station no traffic announcement will be heard.
Note: When you are listening to a non traffic announcement station and turn traffic announcement off and on again a TP seek will occur.
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal broadcasts at a preset minimum level that is usually louder than normal listening volumes.
To adjust the preset volume use the volume control to make the necessary adjustment during an incoming traffic announcement broadcast. The display will show the level selected.
Ending Traffic Announcements
The audio unit will return to normal operation at the end of each traffic announcement. To end the announcement prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during the announcement.
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any other time it will switch all announcements off.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal reception to broadcast news bulletins from stations on the FM frequency band, radio data system or other enhanced network linked stations.
The display will indicate there is an incoming announcement, during news broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts for a news broadcast the preset volume level will be the same as traffic announcements.
1.
Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the news option and turn on or off with the up and down arrow buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
224
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
Alternative Frequencies
The majority of programs that broadcast on the FM frequency band have a program identification code, it can be recognized by audio units.
When your vehicle moves from one transmission area to another with the alternative frequencies tuning switched on, this function will search for the strongest station signal.
Under certain conditions, however, alternative frequencies tuning may temporarily disrupt normal reception.
When selected, the unit continually evaluates signal strength and, if a better signal becomes available, the unit will switch to that alternative. It mutes while it checks a list of alternative frequencies and if necessary, it will search once across the selected frequency band for a genuine alternative frequency.
It will restore radio reception when it finds one or if one is not found, the unit will return to the original stored frequency.
When selected, AF will appear in the display.
1.
Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the AF option and turn to auto or off with the up and down arrow buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
Regional Mode
Regional mode controls the behavior of alternative frequencies switching between regionally related networks of a parent broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly large network across a large part of the country. At various times of the day this large network may be broken down into a number of smaller regional networks, typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional variants, the whole network caries the same programming.
Regional mode on: This prevents random alternative frequency switches when neighboring regional networks are not carrying the same programming.
Regional mode off: This allows a larger coverage area if neighboring regional networks are carrying the same programming, but can cause random alternative frequency switches if they are not.
1.
Press the MENU button.
2. Scroll to the region option and turn on or off with the up and down arrow buttons.
3. Press the OK button to return.
Phone
This section describes the functions and features of the Bluetooth cell phone hands free system.
The Bluetooth cell phone part of the system provides interaction with the audio system and your cell phone. It allows you to use the audio system to make and receive calls without having to hold your cell phone.
Note: Using the system with the engine off will drain the battery.
225
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
Note: As no common agreement exists, cell phone manufacturers are able to implement a variety of profiles in their Bluetooth devices. Because of this, an incompatibility can occur between the phone and hands free system, which in some cases may significantly degrade the system performance. To avoid this situation, only recommended phones should be used. To check if your cell phone is compatible, refer to the cell phone user manual or visit the regional Ford website.
Bluetooth Setup
Before you can use your cell phone with your vehicle it must be paired to the audio system.
Message
ADD DEVICE
SET PRIMARY
LOAD PHONEBK
The following procedure is required before an initial Bluetooth phone connection can be made.
Note: Up to five Bluetooth devices can be paired to the system.
Note: If there is an ongoing call when the phone in use is selected as the new active phone, the call is transferred to the vehicle audio system.
Note: Even if connected to the system, your phone can still be used in the usual way.
Note: If the ignition is switched off the phone call will remain in progress.
Description and Action
1.
Press the PHONE button and then keep pressing the
MENU button to scroll to the screen display term. Press the OK button.
2. Press the OK button again and note the six digit number displayed.
3. Search for Bluetooth devices using the cell phone. For information on phone settings, refer to your cell phone user manual.
4. Select FORD AUDIO from the list of Bluetooth devices found by your phone.
5. Enter the six digit number into your cell phone when prompted to pair the audio system and cell phone.
1.
Once pairing has been successful the screen display term will be shown on the audio display.
2. Press the OK button twice to confirm your cell phone as the primary device for all future connections.
1.
The screen display term will then be displayed on the audio unit. Press the OK button twice to confirm that the contents of your phonebook are downloaded to the system.
2. The Bluetooth device name is displayed on the audio unit.
226
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
Phonebook Downloading
If your phonebook was not downloaded during initial Bluetooth pairing follow this process:
1.
Press the PHONE button and then keep pressing the MENU button to scroll to the load phonebook option.
2. Press the OK button.
Deleting a Paired Device or Cell Phone
To remove a paired device follow this process:
1.
Press the PHONE button and then keep pressing the MENU button to scroll to the delete device option.
2. Press the OK button. The first paired device name will be shown. Scroll to the required device name using the up and down arrow buttons. Select delete all to erase all paired devices.
3. Press the OK button multiple times to remove the device from the audio unit.
Privacy Mode
You can transfer a call from hands free to private mode during an active call.
Press the MENU button until the privacy option appears, then press the OK button to transfer. To return to hands free mode, press the dial button.
Phone Menu Options
Press the PHONE button to select phone mode. Press the PHONE button again to display information such as phone name, signal strength and battery level.
When in phone mode, press the MENU button to scroll through the various phone options.
Phone options
REDIAL
PHONEBOOK
CALL HISTORY
ADD DEVICE
SEL DEVICE
SET PRIMARY
DEL DEVICE
BT
BT OFF
LOAD PHONEBK
Press the OK button to select the required option, and use the up and down arrows to change features.
Making and Receiving Calls
Outgoing calls can be made by:
• Entering a number using the numeric keypad.
• Selecting a contact from the downloaded phonebook.
• Selecting a number or contact from the call history log.
• Using quick dial by pressing one of the radio preset buttons.
• Using the redial function.
• Using the cell phone.
Incoming calls can be answered by:
• Pressing the call pickup button on the audio unit.
• Using the cell phone.
Calls can be rejected using the end call button on the audio unit, or by using the cell phone directly.
227
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
USB
Note: Only use USB Mass-Storage device compliant devices.
Note: Always switch your audio unit to a different source (for example the radio) before unplugging the USB device.
Note: Do not install or connect USB hubs or splitters.
Note: The system is only designed to recognize and read suitable audio files from a USB device that conforms to the USB
Mass-Storage device class or an iPod. Not all available USB devices can be guaranteed to function with the system.
Note: It is possible to connect compatible devices with a trailing USB lead as well as those that plug into the USB socket directly
(for example USB memory sticks and pen drives).
Note: Some USB devices with a higher power consumption may not be compatible
(for example some larger hard drives).
Note: Access time to read the files on the external device will vary depending upon factors such as the file structure, size and device content.
The audio unit supports a range of external devices. Once connected, control of the external device is possible via the audio unit.
Operating the USB Device
Connect the device to the audio unit.
Select the USB device as the audio source by pressing the AUX button until the USB screen appears in the display. After first connecting the USB device, the first track within the first folder will start to play automatically. Following audio source switching, the position of playback on the
USB device is remembered.
Press the seek up and down keys to skip forward or backward through tracks. Press and hold to fast forward and reverse through the track.
Message
AUTOPL
Description
USB playback will start automatically when you connect a compatible device. To turn this feature off, select this option and turn off using the menu function.
iPod
Connect the iPod to the audio unit.
Select the iPod as the audio source by pressing the AUX button until the iPod option appears in the display. After first connecting the iPod, the first track within the first folder will start to play automatically. Following audio source switching, the position of playback on the iPod is remembered.
Press the seek up and down keys to skip backward and forward through tracks.
Press and hold the seek keys to enable fast rewind or fast forward through track content.
Various functions may be controlled from the audio unit including:
• Next and previous track select.
• Track seek.
• Shuffle.
• Repeat.
Bluetooth Audio Streaming
Compatible Bluetooth devices can be connected to the audio unit to playback using the vehicle audio system.
228
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
Select the device as the audio source by pressing the AUX button until the
Bluetooth audio option appears in the display.
The device playback can be controlled using the audio unit buttons play, pause, next and previous track.
Note: Make sure the device is paired before using this feature.
Declaration of Conformity
Hereby, Visteon Corporation, declares that this Bluetooth enabled car radio is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
229
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
AM/FM/CD/DIGITAL AUDIO
BROADCAST (DAB) RADIO/
SYNC
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
A
B
CD slot: Where you insert a CD.
Eject: Press the button to eject a CD.
230
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
R
S
T
C
D
E
F
G
J
K
H
I
O
P
Q
L
M
N
Passenger airbag information : Informs you when the passenger airbag is either on or off.
INFO: Press the button to access radio, CD, USB and IPod information.
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel announcements during an active announcement.
SOUND: Press the button to adjust the sound settings for bass, treble, middle, balance and fade.
Numeric keypad: Press a button to recall a previously stored radio station. In
PHONE mode, you can use the numeric keypad to enter a phone number.
Cursor arrows: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices.
OK: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections.
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next radio station up the radio frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening to a CD, press the button to go to the next track. In PHONE mode, press the button to end or reject a phone call.
Function button 4 : Press the button to select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Function button 3 : Press the button to select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
Function button 2 :Press the button to select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Function button 1 : Press the button to select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next radio station down the radio frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening to a CD, press the button to go to the previous track. In PHONE mode, press the button to begin or accept a phone call.
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features.
PHONE: Press the button to access the phone feature of the SYNC system by pressing PHONE then MENU .
AUX: Press the button to access the AUX and SYNC features, it will also cancel the menu or list browsing.
231
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
U
V
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio frequency bands, it will also cancel the menu or list browsing.
CD: Press the button to change source to CD, it will also cancel the menu or list browsing.
Sound Button
This will allow you to adjust the sound settings for bass, treble, middle, balance and fade.
1.
Press the sound button.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the required setting.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to make the necessary adjustment. The display indicates the level selected.
4. Press the OK button to confirm the new settings.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the frequency bands available.
You can use the buton to return to radio reception when you have been listening to another source.
Alternatively, press the left arrow button to display the available frequency bands.
Scroll to the required frequency band and press OK .
Station Tuning Control
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press the seek up or seek down button. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates.
Manual Tuning
1.
Press function button 2.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to tune down or up the frequency band in small increments or press and hold to increment quickly, until you find a station you want to listen to.
3. Press OK to continue listening to a station.
Scan Tuning
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds of each station detected.
1.
Press function button 3.
2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or down the selected frequency band.
3. Press function button 3 again or OK to continue listening to a station.
Station Preset Buttons
This feature allows you to store your favorite stations, they can be recalled by selecting the appropriate frequency band and pressing one of the preset buttons.
1.
Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset buttons. A progress bar and message will appear. When the progress bar completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute momentarily as confirmation.
You can repeat this on each frequency band and for each preset button.
232
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
Note: When you drive to another part of the country, stations that broadcast on alternative frequencies, and are stored on preset buttons, may be updated with the correct frequency and station name for that area.
Autostore Control
Note: This will store up to a maximum of the 10 strongest signals available, either from the AM or the FM frequency band, and overwrite the previously stored stations. You can also store stations manually in the same way as other frequency bands.
• Press the MENU button, select audio mode then press and hold the RADIO button.
• When the search is complete, sound is restored and the strongest signals are stored on the autostore presets.
Traffic Information Control
Many stations that broadcast on the FM frequency band have a TP code to signify that they carry traffic program information.
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
Before you can receive traffic announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will appear to show the feature is switched on.
If you are already tuned to a station that broadcasts traffic information, TP will also be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search for a traffic program.
When traffic information is broadcast, it will automatically interrupt normal radio or CD playback and a message will appear in the display.
If a non-traffic station is selected or recalled using a preset button, the audio unit will remain on that station unless TA or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you select a preset or manual tune to a non traffic announcement station no traffic announcements will be heard.
Note: When you are listening to a non traffic announcement station and turn traffic announcement off and on again a TP seek will occur.
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal broadcasts at a preset minimum level that is usually louder than normal listening volumes.
To adjust the preset volume:
• Use the volume control to make the necessary adjustment during an incoming traffic announcement broadcast. The display will show the level selected.
Ending Traffic Announcements
The audio unit will return to normal operation at the end of each traffic announcement. To end the announcement prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during the announcement.
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any other time it will switch all announcements off.
Automatic Volume Control
When available, automatic volume control adjusts the volume level to compensate for engine noise and road speed noise.
Press the MENU button.
233
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
Action
1
2
Message
Audio settings
Adaptive volume
1.
Use the left or right arrow button to adjust the setting.
2. Press the OK button to confirm your selection.
3. Press the MENU button to return.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal reception to broadcast news bulletins from stations on the FM frequency band, radio data system or other enhanced network linked stations.
The display will indicate there is an incoming announcement, during news broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts for a news broadcast the preset volume level will be the same as traffic announcements.
Press the MENU button.
Action
1
2
Message
Audio settings
News announcement
1.
Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Alternative Frequencies
The majority of programs that broadcast on the FM frequency band have a program identification code, it can be recognized by audio units.
When your vehicle moves from one transmission area to another with the alternative frequencies tuning switched on, this function will search for the strongest station signal.
Under certain conditions, however, alternative frequencies tuning may temporarily disrupt normal reception.
When selected, the unit continually evaluates signal strength and, if a better signal becomes available, the unit will switch to that alternative. It mutes while it checks a list of alternative frequencies and if necessary, it will search once across the selected frequency band for a genuine alternative frequency.
It will restore radio reception when it finds one or if one is not found, the unit will return to the original stored frequency.
When selected, AF may appear in the display.
Press the MENU button.
Action
1
2
Message
Audio settings
Alt. frequency
1.
Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Regional Mode
Regional mode controls the behavior of alternative frequencies switching between regionally related networks of a parent broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly large network across a large part of the country. At various times of the day this large network may be broken down into a number of smaller regional networks, typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional variants, the whole network caries the same programming.
234
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
Regional mode on: This prevents random alternative frequency switches when neighboring regional networks are not carrying the same programming.
Regional mode off: This allows a larger coverage area if neighboring regional networks are carrying the same programming, but can cause random alternative frequency switches if they are not.
Press the MENU button.
Action
1
2
Message
Audio settings
RDS regional
1.
Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
DIGITAL AUDIO BROADCAST
(DAB) RADIO/NAVIGATION
SYSTEM
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
235
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
CD slot: Where you insert a CD.
Eject: Press the button to eject a CD.
Passenger airbag information : Informs you when the passenger airbag is either on or off.
INFO: Press the button to access radio, CD, USB, IPod and Navigation information. If Navigation has been selected, pressing this button will show details of your current location or journey.
MAP: Press the button to access map features.
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features.
Numeric keypad Press a button to recall a previously stored radio station. In
PHONE mode, you can use the numeric keypad to enter a phone number.
Cursor arrows: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices.
OK: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections.
236
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
Clock: Press the button to select clock setup.
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancel announcements during an active announcement. If Navigation has been selected pressing this button takes you to the Traffic menu.
Function button 4: Press the button to select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Function button 3: Press the button to select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next radio station up the radio frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening to a CD, press the button to go to the next track. In PHONE mode, press the button to end or reject a phone call.
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
Function button 2: Press the button to select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Function button 1: Press the button to select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in, for example radio or CD.
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next radio station down the radio frequency band. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates. While listening to a CD, press the button to go to the previous track. In PHONE mode, press the button to begin or accept a phone call.
PHONE: Press the button to access the phone feature of the SYNC system by pressing PHONE then MENU .
AUX: Press the button to access the AUX and SYNC features, it will also cancel the menu or list browsing.
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio frequency bands, it will also cancel the menu or list browsing.
CD: Press the button to change source to CD, it will also cancel the menu or list browsing.
NAV: Press the button to access the navigation system.
Sound Button
This will allow you to adjust the sound settings, for example bass, middle and treble.
1.
Press the sound button.
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the required setting.
3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to make the necessary adjustment. The display indicates the level selected.
4. Press the OK button to confirm the new settings.
Radio Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the frequency bands available.
237
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
You can use the button to return to radio reception when you have been listening to another source.
Alternatively, press the left arrow button to display the available frequency bands.
Scroll to the required frequency band and press OK .
Station Tuning Control
Seek Tuning
Select a frequency band and briefly press the seek up or seek down button. Seek tuning will stop at the first radio station it locates.
Manual Tuning
1.
Press function button 2.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to tune down or up the frequency band in small increments or press and hold to increment quickly, until you find a station you want to listen to.
3. Press OK to continue listening to a station.
Scan Tuning
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds of each station detected.
1.
Press function button 3.
2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or down the selected frequency band.
3. Press function button 3 again or OK to continue listening to a station.
Station Preset Buttons
This feature allows you to store your favorite stations, they can be recalled by selecting the appropriate frequency band and pressing one of the preset buttons.
1.
Select a frequency band.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset buttons. A progress bar and message will appear. When the progress bar completes the station has been stored.
The audio unit will also mute momentarily as confirmation.
You can repeat this on each frequency band and for each preset button.
Note: When you drive to another part of the country, stations that broadcast on alternative frequencies, and are stored on preset buttons, may be updated with the correct frequency and station name for that area.
Autostore Control
Note: This will store up to a maximum of the 10 strongest signals available, either from the AM or the FM frequency band, and overwrite the previously stored stations. You can also store stations manually in the same way as other frequency bands.
Note: You must select either FM AST or
AM AST to use this function.
• Press the MENU button, select audio mode then press and hold the RADIO button.
• When the search is complete, sound is restored and the strongest signals are stored on the autostore presets.
Traffic Information Control
Many stations that broadcast on the FM frequency band have a TP code to signify that they carry traffic program information.
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
Before you can receive traffic announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will appear to show the feature is switched on.
238
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
If you are already tuned to a station that broadcasts traffic information, TP will also be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search for a traffic program.
When traffic information is broadcast, it will automatically interrupt normal radio or CD playback and a message will appear in the display.
If a non-traffic station is selected or recalled using a preset button, the audio unit will remain on that station unless TA or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
Note: If traffic announcement is on and you select a preset or manual tune to a non traffic announcement station no traffic announcements will be heard.
Note: When you are listening to a non traffic announcement station and turn traffic announcement off and on again a TP seek will occur.
Traffic Announcement Volume
Traffic announcements interrupt normal broadcasts at a preset minimum level that is usually louder than normal listening volumes.
To adjust the preset volume:
• Use the volume control to make the necessary adjustment during an incoming traffic announcement broadcast. The display will show the level selected.
Ending Traffic Announcements
The audio unit will return to normal operation at the end of each traffic announcement. To end the announcement prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during the announcement.
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any other time it will switch all announcements off.
Automatic Volume Control
When available, automatic volume control adjusts the volume level to compensate for engine noise and road speed noise.
Press the MENU button.
1
2
Select
Audio settings
Adaptive volume
1.
Use the left or right arrow button to adjust the setting.
2. Press the OK button to confirm your selection.
3. Press the MENU button to return.
Digital Signal Processing
Digital Signal Processing Occupancy
This feature takes into account the differences in distance from the various speakers in your vehicle to each seat. You must select the correct sitting position for the audio to be correctly set.
Digital Signal Processing Equalizer
Select the music category that most suits your listening preference. The audio output will change to enhance the particular style of music chosen.
Changing the Digital Signal Processing
Settings
Press the MENU button.
1
Select
Audio settings
1.
Scroll to the required digital signal processing function.
239
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the required setting.
3. Press the OK button to confirm your selection.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
News Broadcasts
The audio unit may interrupt normal reception to broadcast news bulletins from stations on the FM frequency band, radio data system or other enhanced network linked stations.
The display will indicate there is an incoming announcement, during news broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts for a news broadcast the preset volume level will be the same as traffic announcements.
Press the MENU button.
1
2
Select
Audio settings
News announcement
1.
Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Alternative Frequencies
The majority of programs that broadcast on the FM frequency band have a program identification code, it can be recognized by audio units.
When your vehicle moves from one transmission area to another with the alternative frequencies tuning switched on, this function will search for the strongest station signal.
Under certain conditions, however, alternative frequencies tuning may temporarily disrupt normal reception.
When selected, the unit continually evaluates signal strength and, if a better signal becomes available, the unit will switch to that alternative. It mutes while it checks a list of alternative frequencies and if necessary, it will search once across the selected frequency band for a genuine alternative frequency.
It will restore radio reception when it finds one or if one is not found, the unit will return to the original stored frequency.
When selected, AF may appear in the display.
Press the MENU button.
1
2
Select
Audio settings
Alt. frequency
1.
Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
Regional Mode
Regional mode controls the behavior of alternative frequencies switching between regionally related networks of a parent broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly large network across a large part of the country. At various times of the day this large network may be broken down into a number of smaller regional networks, typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional variants, the whole network caries the same programming.
Regional mode on: This prevents random alternative frequency switches when neighboring regional networks are not carrying the same programming.
240
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
Regional mode off: This allows a larger coverage area if neighboring regional networks are carrying the same programming, but can cause random alternative frequency switches if they are not.
Press the MENU button.
1
2
Select
Audio settings
RDS regional
1.
Turn on or off with the OK button.
2. Press the MENU button to return.
DIGITAL RADIO
The system allows you to listen to DAB
(Digital Audio Broadcast) radio stations.
Note: Coverage differs from region to region and will influence the quality of reception.
It is broadcast nationwide, regionally and locally.
The following formats are supported:
• DAB
• DAB+
• DMB-Audio (Digital Multimedia
Broadcasting).
Ensembles
Ensembles contain a group of radio stations. Each ensemble can consist of several different radio stations.
The radio station name displays below the ensemble name.
Note: When you tune from one ensemble to another, it can take a while until the system synchronizes to the next ensemble.
The system mutes during synchronization.
Selecting Radio Band
DAB1 and DAB2 operate in the same way.
You can store up to 10 different presets on each band.
1.
Press the RADIO button.
2. Press the left arrow button to display the available wavebands.
3. Select DAB1 or DAB2 .
Radio Station Tuning Control
Press the RADIO button and select DAB1 or DAB2 . Both preset banks operate in the same way and can store up to 10 different preset radio stations.
Note: When you reach the first or last radio station within an ensemble, further tuning will skip to the next ensemble. There may be a delay during this change and the audio will briefly mute.
Seek Tuning
1.
Press a seek button. The system will stop at the first radio station it finds in the direction chosen.
Radio Station List
This feature displays all the available radio stations in a list.
1.
Press function button 1.
2. Press the left or right arrow buttons to change ensembles. Press the up or down arrow button to navigate to your required radio station.
3. Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: The display will only show radio stations in the current ensemble.
Manual Tuning
1.
Press function button 2.
241
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
2. Press the left or right arrow button to tune up or down the waveband in small increments. Press and hold to move through the waveband quickly.
3. Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: Seek tuning is also possible within this screen.
Radio Station Preset Buttons
This feature allows you to store up to 10 favorite radio stations from any ensemble in each preset bank.
1.
Select a radio station.
2. Press and hold one of the preset buttons. A progress bar and message will appear. When the progress bar completes the radio station has been stored. The system will mute momentarily as confirmation.
Once stored press a preset button at any time to select a favourite radio station.
Note: Radio stations stored on the preset buttons may not always be available if you have left the coverage area. The system will mute when this happens.
Radio Text
You can display extra information. For example; artist name. To switch this option on, select a radio station and press function button 3.
Note: Extra information may not always be available.
Service Linking
If you leave the coverage area of a DAB radio station the system will automatically switch to the corresponding FM radio station.
You can switch this feature on and off
using the information display. See General
Note: If a DAB radio station has no corresponding FM radio station, the audio will mute when attempting to switch.
Note: The system will display the FM symbol when DAB and FM radio stations link.
AUDIO INPUT JACK
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, accident and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device or feature that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
For safety reasons, do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving.
Store the portable music player in a secure location, such as the center console or the glove box, when your vehicle is in moving. Hard objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury. The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving.
242
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers.
You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones. Your audio extension cable must have male one-eighth inch (three and one-half millimeter) connectors at each end.
1.
Make sure your vehicle is stationary with the radio and portable music players turned off.
2. Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack.
3. Switch the radio on. Select either a tuned FM station or a CD.
4. Adjust the volume as desired.
5. Switch the portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level.
6. Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display. You should hear music from your device even if it is low.
7.
Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD. Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls.
USB PORT - VEHICLES WITH:
SINGLE PASSENGER SEAT
The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported). See SYNC™ (page
USB PORT - VEHICLES WITH:
DOUBLE PASSENGER SEAT
MEDIA HUB
The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features:
243
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Audio System
A
B
C
USB ports
Audio input
SD card slot
AUDIO TROUBLESHOOTING
Audio unit display
Please check CD
CD drive malfunction
CD drive high temp.
Rectification
General error message for CD fault conditions, for example cannot read the CD, data-CD inserted, etc.
Make sure the disc is loaded correctly. Clean and re-try, or replace disc with known music disc. If error persists contact an authorized dealer.
General error message for CD fault conditions. For example a mechanism fault.
Ambient temperature too hot – unit will not work until it has cooled down.
244
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYNC™
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone and portable media player.
This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls
• Access and play music from your media player
• Use Emergency Assistance
• Access phonebook contacts and music using voice commands
• Stream music from your connected cell phone
• Select pre-defined text messages
• Use the advanced voice recognition system
• Charge your USB device (if your device supports this).
Make sure that you review your device's manual before using it with SYNC.
Support
For further support, see an authorized dealer. For more information, visit the regional Ford website.
245
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken, split or damaged. Carefully place cords and cables where you cannot step on them or they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. Refer to your device's manual for further information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the system. See an authorized dealer.
Privacy Information
When a cell phone is connected to SYNC, the system creates a profile that is linked to that cell phone. The system creates the profile to offer you more mobile features and to operate more efficiently. Among other things, this profile may contain data about your phonebook, text messages
(read and unread) and call history. This will include the history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system. If you connect a media player, the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur.
The cell phone profile, media player index and development log will remain in the system unless deleted. They are generally accessible in your vehicle only when you connect your cell phone or media player.
If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle, we recommend you complete a master reset to erase all stored
information. See Information Displays
Special equipment is required to access system data. Access to your vehicle's
SYNC module is also required. We will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described without consent.
Examples where system data can be accessed are for a court order, where required by law enforcement, other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of us. Further privacy
information is available. See SYNC™
Applications and Services (page 260).
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many features using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the steering wheel and focus on what is around you.
Helpful Hints
Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible. Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands.
246
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Before giving a voice command, wait for the system announcement to finish followed by a single beep. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system.
Speak naturally, without long pauses between words.
You can interrupt the system at any time while it is speaking by pressing the voice button. You can also cancel a voice session at any time by pressing and holding the voice button.
Initiating a Voice Session
Press the voice button. A list of available commands appears in the display.
Command
Bluetooth audio
(cancel | stop | exit)
((line | AV | audio video) in | AUX | audio video)
(phone | Blackberry | iPhone | Mobile)
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 [player]) voice settings
[main menu] help
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and your chosen level of interaction. You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback.
Description
Stream audio from your cell phone.
Cancel the requested action.
Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack.
Make calls.
Access the device connected to your USB port.
Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback.
Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode.
The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system. You can change these settings at any time.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
Press the voice button. When prompted:
Command voice settings
Description
Provides access to change the interaction level.
Then any of the following:
247
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Command interaction mode advanced interaction mode novice
Description
Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts.
Provides more detailed interaction and guidance.
Press the voice button. When prompted:
Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there is more than one possible response to your request. For example, the system may ask if the command phone is correct.
Command voice settings
Description
Provides access to change the confirmation prompt setting.
Then any of the following:
Command Description confirmation prompts off Makes a best guess from the command. You may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings.
confirmation prompts on Clarifies your voice command with a short question.
The system creates suggestion lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice commands.
When switched on, the system may prompt you with as many as four possibilities for clarification.
Command Description media candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the media suggestion list. The system may occasionally ask you questions.
media candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for media suggestions.
phone candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the cell phone suggestion list. The system may occasionally ask you questions.
phone candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for cell phone suggestions.
248
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Changing the Voice Settings
You can change the voice settings using
Action
1
2
SYNC-Settings
Voice settings the information and entertainment display.
Press the MENU button.
Message
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
Hands-free calling is one of the main features of SYNC. While the system supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cell phone's functionality.
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Using privacy mode.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are cell phone dependent features. To check your cell phone's compatibility, refer to your device's manual or visit the regional Ford website.
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with the system allows you to make and receive hands-free calls.
Note: You must switch the ignition and radio on.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up or down arrows on your audio system.
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on your cell phone is switched on before starting the search. Refer to your device's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the audio display indicates that no phones are paired, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your cell phone to start the pairing process.
4. Select SYNC on your cell phone.
5. Wait until the PIN appears on the phone display. Compare the PIN on the phone with the PIN shown in the audio display and accept the request on the phone and the vehicle display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
Note: In some cases the phone will request to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN provided by the system in the audio display.
The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
Depending on your cell phone's capability and your market, the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current cell phone as the primary cell phone (the cell phone the system automatically tries to connect with first when you switch the ignition on) or downloading your phonebook.
249
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
The information display may show your cell phone's battery charge level and signal strength.
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with the system allows you to make and receive hands-free calls.
Note: You must switch the ignition and radio on.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up or down arrows on your audio system.
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on your cell phone is switched on before starting the search. Refer to your device's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button.
3. Select the option for Bluetooth devices.
4. Press the OK button.
5. Select the option to add. This starts the pairing process.
6. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device to start the pairing process.
7.
Select SYNC on your cell phone.
8. Wait until the PIN appears on the phone display. Compare the PIN on the phone with the PIN shown in the audio display and accept the request on the phone and the vehicle display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
Note: In some cases the phone will request to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN provided by the system in the audio display.
The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
The system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current cell phone as the primary cell phone or downloading your phonebook.
Cell Phone Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted say either:
Command call (someone | [[a] name])
Call <name> at home
Call <name> at work
Call <name> in office
Call <name> on cell
Call <name> on other dial [[a] number]
([go to] privacy [on] | transfer to phone | handsfree off)
Action
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
You do not need to say "phone" prior to these commands.
These commands are only available during a call.
250
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Command
(hold call [on] | (put | place) call on hold)
Action
These commands are only available during a call.
(hold call off | take call off hold) mute [call] [on]
These commands are only available during a call.
join (call | calls)
These commands are only available during a call.
(mute [call] off | Unmute
[call])
These commands are only available during a call.
These commands are only available during a call.
Press the voice button and when prompted say either: Phonebook Commands
When you ask the system to access a phonebook name or number the requested information appears in the audio display.
Command call (someone | [[a] name]) dial [[a] number]
Pound
Number
Asterisk
To call the contact.
0 (zero) to 9 (nine)
Action
112 (one-one-two), 700 (seven hundred) etc.
clear
(delete | correct)
Deletes all entered digits
Deletes the last set of entered digits.
Plus
Star
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the phone button or any button on the audio unit.
Menu Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted say either:
251
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Command
(turn ringer on | silent mode off)
(turn ringer off | silent mode [on])
Words in parentheses or brackets are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the command.
Making a Call
Press the voice button and when prompted say either:
Command call (someone | [[a] name]) dial [[a] number]
Action
Followed by a number. When the system confirms the number say: dial [[a] number]
To erase the last spoken digit say:
Command
(delete | correct)
Action
Or press the left arrow button on the audio unit.
To erase all spoken digits say:
Command clear
Action
Or press and hold the left arrow button on the audio unit.
To end the call, press the end call button on the steering wheel or select the end call option in the audio display and press OK .
252
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Receiving a Call
When receiving a call, you can:
• Answer the call by pressing the accept call button on the steering wheel or by selecting the accept call option in the audio display. Press the OK button.
• Reject the call by pressing the reject call button on the steering wheel or by selecting the reject call option in the audio display. Press the OK button.
Mic. off
Message
Privacy
Hold
Dial a number
Join calls
Phonebook
• Ignore the call by doing nothing.
Cell Phone Options During an
Active Call
During an active call, you have extra menu features which become available, for example putting a call on hold.
To access this menu, choose one of the options available at the bottom of the audio display or select the option for more.
Description and Action
Turn your vehicle's microphone off. To turn the microphone on, select the option again.
Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to your cell phone for a more private conversation. When selected, the audio display will indicate the call is private.
Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display will indicate the call is on hold.
Enter numbers using the audio system numeric keypad, for example numbers for passwords.
Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum of three callers on a multi-party or conference call.
1.
Select the option for more.
2. Access the desired contact through the system or use voice commands to place the second call. Once actively in the second call, select the option for more.
3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button.
Access your phonebook contacts.
1.
Select the option for more.
2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK button.
3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
253
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message
Call history
Description and Action
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Access your call history log.
1.
Select the option for more.
2. Scroll to the option until call history appears. Press the
OK button.
3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming, outgoing or missed).
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Accessing Features Through the
Cell Phone Menu
You can access your call history, phonebook, sent text messages as well as access cell phone and system settings.
You can also access advanced features such as emergency assistance.
Message
Dial a number
Redial
Phonebook
The system attempts to automatically re-download your phonebook and call history each time your cell phone connects to the system. You must turn on the auto download feature if your cell phone supports it.
Note: This is a cell phone dependent feature.
1.
Press the PHONE button to enter the cell phone menu.
2. Select one of the options available.
Description and Action
Dial a number using the audio system numeric keypad.
Redial the last number called (if available). Press the OK button to select.
Access your downloaded phonebook.
1.
Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use the options at the bottom of the screen to quickly access an alphabetical category. You can also use the letters on the keypad to jump in the list.
2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
254
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message
Call history
Speed Dial
Text messaging
BT Devices
Phone settings
Emergency Assistance
Text Messaging
Description and Action
3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection appears in the audio display.
4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls.
1.
Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select either incoming calls, outgoing calls or missed calls. Press the OK button to make your selection.
3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Select one of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry, go to the phonebook and press and hold one of the numbers on the audio system numeric keypad.
Send, download and delete text messages.
Access the option for Bluetooth device menu listings (add, connect, set as primary, on or off, delete).
View various settings and features on your cell phone.
Turn the SYNC emergency assistance feature on or off.
The system allows you to receive, send, download and delete text messages. The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road.
Note: This is a cell phone dependent feature.
Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the audio display indicates you have a new message.
You have these options:
• Select the listen option to have the system read the message to you.
• Select the view option to open the text message. Select the ignore option or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox. Once selected, you have the ability to have the message read out to you, to view other messages or to select the more option.
• Press the voice button and say "Read text message".
• Select the more option and use the arrow buttons to scroll through further options.
Note: Your cell phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages.
Choose from the following:
255
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message
Reply to sender
Call sender
Forward msg.
Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages
Action
Press the OK button to access and then scroll through the list of pre-defined messages to send.
Press the OK button to call the sender of the message.
Press the OK button to forward the message to anyone in your phonebook or call history. You can also choose to enter a number.
2. Select the text messaging option, then press the OK button.
Choose from the following:
1.
Press the PHONE button.
New
View
Delete
More...
Message
Sending a Text Message
1.
Select the send option when the desired selection is highlighted in the audio display.
Description and Action
When you select the option to send a text message, a list of pre-defined messages appear in the audio display. Allows you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set of 15 messages.
Allows you to read the full message and in addition provides the option to have the message read out to you by the system.
To go to the next message select the more option. This allows you to reply to the sender, call the sender or forward the message.
Allows you to delete current text messages from the system
(not your cell phone). The audio display indicates when all your text messages have been deleted.
Allows you to delete all messages or to manually trigger a download of all unread messages from your cell phone.
Note: You can send text messages either by choosing a contact from the phonebook and selecting the text option from the audio display or by replying to a received message in the inbox.
Note: Only one recipient is allowed per text message.
2. Select the confirmation option when the contact appears and press the OK button again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message. Each text message is sent with a pre-defined signature.
256
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Accessing Your Cell Phone
Settings
These are cell phone dependent features.
Your cell phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ringtone, text message notification, modify your phonebook and set up automatic
Message
Set as master
Phone status
Set ringtone
Text msg notify
Phonebook pref.
download.
1.
Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the phone settings option appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following options:
Description and Action
If this option is checked, the system will use this cell phone as the master when there is more than one cell phone paired to the system. This option can be changed for all paired cell phones (not only for the active one) using the Bluetooth devices menu.
See the cell phone name, provider name, cell phone number, signal level and battery level. When done, press the left arrow button to return to the cell phone status menu.
Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one of the system's or your cell phone's). If your cell phone supports in-band ringing, your cell phone's ringtone sounds when you choose the cell phone ringtone option.
1.
Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each ringtone.
2. Press the OK button to select.
Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives. Press the OK button to turn the audible tone on or off.
Modify the contents of your phonebook, e.g. add, delete, download. Press the OK button to select and scroll between the options in the table below.
To modify the phone book preferences, choose from the following:
257
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message
Add contacts
Delete
Download now
Auto-download
Description and Action
Push the desired contacts on your cell phone. Refer to your device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK button to add more contacts from your phonebook.
When a message asking you to delete appears, select the option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the current phonebook and call history. The system takes you back to the menu for phone settings.
Press the OK button to select and download your phonebook to the system.
When automatic download is switched on, any changes, additions or deletions saved in the system since your last download are deleted.
When automatic download is switched off, your phonebook will not be downloaded when your cell phone connects to the system.
Your phonebook, call history and text messages can only be accessed when your paired cell phone is connected to the system.
Check or uncheck this option to automatically download your phonebook each time your cell phone connects to the system.
Downloading times are cell phone dependent and quantity dependent.
Bluetooth Devices
This menu provides access to your
Bluetooth devices. Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options. It allows you to add, connect and delete devices and set a cell phone as primary.
Add
Message
Bluetooth Devices Menu Options
1.
Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the Bluetooth device option appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following options:
Description and Action
Pair additional cell phones to the system.
1.
Select the option to add to start the pairing process.
2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio display, search for SYNC on your cell phone. Refer to your device's manual if necessary.
3. Select SYNC on your cell phone.
258
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message Description and Action
4. Wait until the PIN appears on the phone display. Compare the PIN on the phone with the PIN shown in the audio display and accept the request on the phones and the vehicles display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
*
5. When the option to set the cell phone as the primary cell phone appears, select either yes or no.
6. Depending on the functionality of your cell phone, the system may ask you extra questions (for example, if you would like to download your phonebook). Select either yes or no to confirm your response.
Delete After deleting a cell phone from the list, the cell phone can only be connected again by repeating the full pairing process.
Select the delete option and confirm when the system asks to delete the selected device.
Master
Conn.
Discon.
The system attempts to connect with the primary cell phone every time you switch the ignition on. When a cell phone is selected as primary, it appears first in the list and is marked with an asterisk.
Set a previously paired cell phone as your primary cell phone.
Select the master option to confirm the primary cell phone.
Connect a previously paired cell phone. You can only have one cell phone connected at a time to use the cell phone functionality. When another cell phone is connected, the previous cell phone will be disconnected from the telephone services. The system allows you to use different Bluetooth devices for the cell phone functionality and the Bluetooth audio music playback feature at the same time.
Disconnects the selected cell phone. Select this option and confirm when asked to. After disconnecting a cell phone, it can be connected again without repeating the full pairing process.
*
In some cases the phone will request to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN provided by the system in the audio display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
System Settings
1.
Press the MENU button.
2. Select the SYNC settings option, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following options:
259
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message
Bluetooth on
Set defaults
Master reset
Install on SYNC
System info
Voice settings
Browse USB
Emergency Assistance
Description and Action
Check or uncheck this option to turn the Bluetooth interface of the system on or off. Select this option then press the OK button to change the option's status.
This selection does not erase your indexed information
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices).
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio display. Return to the factory default settings.
Completely erase all information stored on the system
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices) and return to the factory default settings.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio display. The display indicates when complete and the system takes you back to the previous menu.
Install applications or software updates you have downloaded.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update available on the USB thumb drive in order to finish an installation successfully.
Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial number.
Press the OK button to select.
The voice settings submenu contains various options. See
Using Voice Recognition (page 246).
Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB device. Press the OK button and use the up or down arrows to scroll through the folders and files. Use the left or right arrows to enter and leave a folder. Media content can be directly selected for playback from this menu.
You can turn the emergency assistance feature on or off. See
SYNC™ Applications and Services (page 260).
Press the MENU button to enter the system menu.
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES
A list of available applications appears.
Each application may have its own specific settings.
260
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message
SYNC-Apps
SYNC Emergency Assistance
WARNINGS
For this feature to work, your cell phone must have Bluetooth and be compatible with the system.
Always place your cell phone in a secure location inside your vehicle.
Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the cell phone which could prevent this feature from working correctly.
Unless the feature setting is switched on prior to a crash, the system will not attempt to place an emergency call which could delay the response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death. Do not wait for the system to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services immediately to avoid a delayed response time. If you do not hear Emergency
Assistance within five seconds of the crash, the system or cell phone may be damaged or non-functional.
Description and Action
Scroll to this option, and then press OK .
If a crash deploys an airbag or triggers the fuel pump shut off, the system may contact emergency services by dialing 112
(the wireless emergency number that works in most European countries) through a paired and connected cell phone. For more information about the system and
Emergency Assistance, visit the regional
Ford website.
Note: Before selecting this feature, you must read the Emergency Assistance privacy notice later in this section for important information.
Note: When you switch this feature on or off, that setting applies for all paired cell phones. If you have turned this feature off and a previously paired phone connects when you switch on the ignition, either a voice message plays, a display message or icon is shown, or both.
Note: Every cell phone operates differently.
While this feature works with most cell phones, some cell phones may experience difficulties using this feature.
Note: Make sure you are familiar with the
information about airbag deployment. See
Supplementary Restraints System (page
Switching Emergency Assistance
On and Off
Press the MENU button then select:
Message
SYNC-Apps
Emergency Assistance
Action
Press OK .
Press OK . Select the option you require and press OK .
261
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Display Options
If you switch on this feature, a confirmation message appears in the display.
If you switch off this feature, a dialog will appear in the display, which allows you to set a voice reminder.
Off with voice reminder provides a display and voice reminder when your cell phone connects and your vehicle starts.
Off without voice reminder provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder when your cell phone connects.
To make sure that Emergency Assistance works correctly:
• The system must have power and be working correctly at the time of the crash and during feature activation and use.
• You must switch on the feature before a crash.
• You must have a cell phone connected to the system.
• In certain countries, it may be necessary to have a valid and registered SIM card with credit in order to place and maintain an emergency call.
• A connected cell phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the crash.
• A connected cell phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength.
• Your vehicle must have battery power.
Note: This feature only works in a European country or region where SYNC Emergency
Assistance can call the local emergency services. Visit the regional Ford website for details.
In the Event of a Crash
Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or triggers the fuel pump shut off (which may turn on Emergency Assistance). However, if Emergency Assistance is triggered the system tries to contact the emergency services. If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses connection to the system, it searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired cell phone. The system attempts to dial 112.
Before making a call:
• If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call, an introductory message plays for the emergency operator. After this message, there is hands-free communication between your vehicle's occupants and the operator.
• The system provides a short window of time (approximately 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you do not cancel the call, the system attempts to dial 112.
• The system plays a message letting you know when it attempts to make an emergency call. You can cancel the call by selecting the relevant function button or by pressing the end call button on the steering wheel.
During a call:
• Emergency Assistance uses your vehicle GPS or cellular network information when available to determine the most appropriate language to use. It alerts the emergency operator of the crash and delivers the introductory message. This may include your vehicle GPS coordinates.
• The language the system uses to interact with the occupants of your vehicle may differ from the language used to deliver information to the emergency operator.
262
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
• After the delivery of the introductory message the voice line opens so that you can speak hands-free with the emergency operator.
• When the line is connected, you must be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location information immediately.
Note: While the system provides information to the emergency operator, the system plays a message letting you know it is sending important information. It then lets you know when the line is open to start hands-free communication.
Note: During an Emergency Assistance call, an emergency priority screen appears which contains vehicle GPS coordinates when available.
Note: It is possible that GPS location information is not available at the time of the crash; in this case, Emergency
Assistance will still attempt to place an emergency call.
Note: It is possible that the emergency services will not receive the GPS coordinates; in this case, hands-free communication with an emergency operator is available.
Note: The emergency operator may also receive information from the cellular network such as cell phone number, cell phone location and cell phone carrier name independent from SYNC Emergency
Assistance.
Emergency Assistance may not work if:
• Your cell phone or Emergency
Assistance hardware sustains damage in the crash.
• The vehicle battery or the system has no power.
• A crash ejects your cell phone from your vehicle.
• You do not have a valid and registered
SIM card with credit in your cell phone.
• You are in a European country or region where the SYNC Emergency Assistance cannot place the call. Visit the regional
Ford website for details.
Important Information about the
Emergency Assistance Feature
Emergency Assistance does not currently call emergency services in the following markets: Albania, Belarus, Bosnia and
Herzegovina, Macedonia, Netherlands,
Ukraine, Moldova and Russia.
Visit the regional Ford website for the latest details.
Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice
When you switch on Emergency
Assistance, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off. This feature has the capability to disclose your location information to the emergency operator or other details about your vehicle or crash to provide the most appropriate emergency services.
If you do not want to disclose this information, do not switch on the feature.
SYNC AppLink
The system enables voice and manual control of SYNC AppLink enabled smartphone apps. Once an app is running through AppLink, you can control main features of the app through voice commands and manual controls.
Note: You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port.
Note: Android users need to connect the phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
263
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Note: For information on available apps, supported smartphone devices and troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford website.
Note: Make sure you have an active account for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no setup. Other apps will want you to configure your personal settings and personalize your experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or outside of your vehicle.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select an app. Once an app is running through SYNC, press the right arrow button to access the app menu. You can access various app features from here, for example thumbs up and thumbs down. Press the left arrow button to exit the app menu.
Press the MENU button then select:
Message
SYNC-Apps
Description and Action
Mobile Apps Scroll to this option, and then press OK .
Find new Apps Select this option if the app required is not listed.
Note: If a SYNC AppLink compatible app cannot be found, make sure the required app is running on the mobile device.
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Command mobile (apps | applications)
Description and Action
Say the name of the application after the tone. The application will start. While an app is running through SYNC, you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app.
The following voice commands are always available:
Command
[main menu] help mobile (apps | applications) list [mobile] (apps | applications)
Description and Action
Use this command to hear a list of available voice commands.
The system will prompt you to say the name of the app to start it.
The system will list all of the currently available mobile apps.
264
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Command find [new] [mobile]
(apps | applications)
<the name of the app>
<the name of the app>
Help
(quit | exit | close)
Description and Action
The system will search your connected mobile device for
SYNC compatible apps.
Say the name of an app to start it on SYNC.
The system will list the available voice commands for the requested app.
Use this command followed by the name of the app.
Press the MENU button then select:
Enabling and Disabling Push
Notifications
Some apps can send push notifications. A push notification is an alert from an app running in the background and is delivered by voice, pop up or both. This may be particularly useful for news or location based apps.
Message
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
Settings
All Apps
Description and Action
If push notifications are supported, this setting will be listed.
Select to enable or disable the feature as required.
Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
To use the system you must consent to send and receive app authorization information and updates, using the data plan associated with the connected device.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States through the connected device. The information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous usage statistics and debugging information. Updates may take place automatically.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for each connected device the first time you select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford is not responsible for any additional charges you may receive from your service provider, when your vehicle sends or receives data through the connected device. This includes any additional charges incurred due to driving in areas when roaming out of a home network.
265
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
App Status
You can view the current status of an app
Message
Update needed
Up-to-date
Updating...
in the settings menu. There are three possible statuses:
Description and Action
The system has detected a new app requiring authorization or a general permissions update is required.
No update is required.
The system is trying to receive an update.
Options in the settings menu:
Message
Request Update
Disable Updates
Description and Action
If an update is required and you want to manually request the update, for example when you are in a Wi-Fi hotspot.
Select this option to disable automatic updates.
App Permissions
Permissions are divided by groups. You can grant these group permissions individually.
You can change a permission group status any time when not driving, by using the settings menu.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the system may ask you to grant certain permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle information to the app including, but not limited to: Fuel level, fuel consumption, engine speed, battery voltage, odometer, VIN, external temperature, gear position, tire pressure, ambient temperature, date and time.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving characteristic information, including, but not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status, engine speeds, braking events, brake pedal switch, acceleration, accelerator pedal position, clutch pedal switch, trip length, trip time, trip cost, percent engine on time, and percent of time at speed.
266
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
• To allow your vehicle to provide location information, including: GPS and speed.
• To allow the app to send push notifications using the vehicle display and voice capabilities while running in a background state.
Note: You will only need to grant permissions the first time you use an app with SYNC.
Note: We are not responsible or liable for any damages or loss of privacy relating to usage of an app, or dissemination of any vehicle data that you approve us to provide to an app.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your media player through your vehicle's speaker system using the system's media menu or voice commands. You can also sort and play your music by specific categories, for example artist or albums.
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any media player including: iPod, Zune, Plays from device players, and most USB drives.
SYNC also supports audio formats, for example MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.
Confirm that the USB device has been formatted correctly and has the following specifications:
• USB 2.0.
• File format must be FAT16/32.
• Supply current not greater than
500mA.
Note: NTFS file format is not supported.
The format of the audio files on the USB device must be:
• MP3.
• Non DRM protected WMA.
• WAV.
• AAC.
Connecting Your Media Player to the USB Port
Note: If your media player has a power switch, make sure you switch on the device.
To Connect Using Voice Commands
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB port.
2. Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice Command Description and Action
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3
[player])
You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands. Refer to the media voice commands.
You do not need to say words that appear within square brackets. For example, for where
(USB [stick] | iPOD | MP3 [player]) appears, you can say USB or USB stick.
To Connect Using the System Menu
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB port.
2. Press the AUX button until an initializing message appears in the display.
267
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message
Browse USB
Description and Action
Depending on how many media files are on your connected device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When indexing is complete, the screen returns to the playback menu.
Choose from the following:
Message
Play all
Playlists
Songs
Artists
Albums
Genres
Browse USB
Reset USB
Exit
What's Playing?
At any time during playback, you can press the voice button and ask the system what is playing. The system reads the metadata tags of the current track, if populated.
Media Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice Command Description and Action
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3
[player])
You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands.
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or what is.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets.
For example, where; who plays this (what's | what is) playing, you must say; who plays this (what's or what is) playing.
268
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Then any of the following:
Voice Command play pause play [album] [by [artist]]
Play all play [artist] play [genre]
[play] next track play [playlist]
[play] previous track play [song | track | title | file] repeat off repeat one [on]
(browse | search | show) album
(browse | search | show) artist
(browse | search | show) genre
*
*
*
*
*
Voice Command
(browse | search | show) playlist
(browse | search | show) all (album | albums)
(browse | search | show) all (artist | artists)
(browse | search | show) all (genre | genres)
(browse | search | show) all (playlist | playlists)
(browse | search | show) all (song | songs
| title | titles | file | files | track | tracks) shuffle [all] [on] shuffle off
[play] (similar music | more like this)
((who's | who is) this | who plays this |
(what's | what is) playing [now] | (what
| which) (song | track | artist) is this |
(who's | who is) playing | (what's | what is) this)
* This voice command is not available until indexing is complete.
Voice Command Guide
Voice Command Description and Action
(browse | search | show) genre
The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available, begins to play the chosen type of music.
[play] (similar music | more like this)
The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information.
(browse | search | show) artist
The system searches for a specific artist, track or album from the music indexed through the USB port.
(browse | search | show) album
The system searches for a specific artist, track or album from the music indexed through the USB port.
269
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
The system is also capable of playing music from your cell phone through
Bluetooth.
Voice Command
Bluetooth audio
To switch the Bluetooth audio on, use the
AUX or Source button or press the voice button and when prompted and say:
Description and Action
Then any of the following:
Voice Command pause play
[play] next track
[play] previous track
Description and Action
Options
Message
Press AUX to select USB playback.
Media Menu Features
The media menu allows you to select how to play your music, for example by artist, genre, shuffle or repeat, and to find similar music or reset the index of your USB devices.
Description and Action
This will enter the media menu.
Then any of the following:
270
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Shuffle
Message
Repeat track
Similar music
Reset SYNC USB
Description and Action
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
You can play similar types of music to the current playlist from the USB port. The system uses the metadata information of each track to compile a playlist. The system then creates a new list of similar tracks and then begins playing.
Each track must have the metadata tags populated for this feature. With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags are not populated, the tracks will not be available in voice recognition, the play menu or this option. However, if you place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage device mode they are available in voice recognition, the play menu or this option. The system places unknowns into any unpopulated metadata tag.
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
2. Press AUX to select USB playback.
Accessing Your USB Song Library
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB port.
Message
Browse USB
Description and Action
This menu allows you to select and play your media files by artist, album, genre, playlist and track or even to browse what is on your USB device.
If there are no media files to access, the display indicates there is no media. If there are media files, you have the following options to scroll through and select:
271
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Play all
Message
Playlists
Songs
Artists
Albums
Genres
SYNC™
Description and Action
Play all indexed media files from your playing device one at a time in numerical order.
*
1.
Press OK to select. The first track title appears in the display.
Access your playlists from formats, ASX, M3U, WPL or MTP.
*
1.
Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press OK .
Search for and play a specific indexed track.
*
1.
Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press OK .
Sort all indexed media files by artist. Once selected, the system lists and then plays all artists and tracks alphabetically.
*
1.
Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press OK .
Sort all indexed media files by albums.
*
1.
Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired albums, and then press OK .
Sort indexed music by genre type.
*
1.
Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press OK .
272
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Message
Browse USB
Description and Action
Browse all supported media files on your media player connected to the USB port. You can only view media files that are compatible with SYNC; other saved files are not visible.
1.
Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on your flash drive, and then press OK .
Reset USB Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete, you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
* You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the numeric keypad to jump in the list.
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings
You can access these menus using the
audio display. See Using SYNC™ With
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However, should questions arise, please refer to the tables below.
To check your cell phone's compatibility, visit the regional Ford website.
Cell phone issues
Issue Possible cause
A lot of background noise during a phone call.
The audio control settings on your cell phone may be affecting
SYNC performance.
During a call, I can hear the other person but they cannot hear me.
Possible cell phone malfunction.
SYNC is not able to download my phonebook.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Possible cell phone malfunction.
Possible solution
Refer to your device's manual about audio adjustments.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC is not set to off.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying again.
273
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Issue
Cell phone issues
Possible cause Possible solution
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
You must switch on your cell phone and the automatic phonebook download feature on SYNC.
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
The system says "Phonebook downloaded" but my
SYNC phonebook is empty or is missing contacts.
Limitations on your cell phone's capability.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, try moving them to your cell phone's memory.
Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact.
You must switch on your cell phone and the automatic phonebook download feature on SYNC.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
I am having trouble connecting my cell phone to
SYNC.
Possible cell phone malfunction.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Try deleting your device from SYNC and deleting SYNC from your device, then trying again.
Always check the security and auto accept prompt settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch off the auto download setting.
Text messaging is not working on SYNC.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Possible cell phone malfunction.
iPhone •
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Go to your cell phone's Settings.
• Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
274
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Issue
Cell phone issues
Possible cause Possible solution
• Make sure the connection status shows
Not Connected.
• Press the blue circle to enter the next menu.
• Turn on Show Notifications.
• Turn on Sync Contacts.
Audible text messages do not work on my cell phone.
Your iPhone is now set up to forward incoming text messages to SYNC.
Repeat these steps for every other Sync vehicle you are connected to.
Your iPhone will only forward incoming text messages to SYNC if it is unlocked.
Replying to text messages using SYNC is not supported by iPhone.
Text messages from WhatsApp and Facebook Messenger are not supported.
Your cell phone must support downloading text messages through Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Access the text messaging menu of SYNC to see if your cell phone supports the feature. Press the PHONE button and then scroll and select the option for text messaging, then press OK .
This is a cell phone limitation.
Because each cell phone is different, refer to your device's manual for the specific cell phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be differences between cell phones due to brand, model, service provider and software version.
275
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Issue
USB and media issues
Possible cause Possible solution
I am having trouble connecting my device.
Possible device malfunction.
Try switching off the device, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's cable.
Make sure correctly insert the USB cable to the device and your vehicle's USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have an auto-install program or active security settings.
SYNC does not recognize my device when I start my vehicle.
This is a device limitation.
Make sure you are not leaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures.
Bluetooth audio does not stream.
This is a devicedependent feature.
The device is not connected.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC and press play on your device.
Your music files may not contain the correct artist, song title, album or genre information.
SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device.
The file may be corrupted.
The song may have copyright protection that does not allow it to play.
Make sure that all song details are populated.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new version.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media transfer protocol class.
When I connect my iPhone or iPod Touch through the
USB and
Bluetooth Audio at the same time, I sometimes do not hear any sound.
From the iPhone or iPod Touch music now playing screen, select the audio device airplay icon at the very bottom of your iPhone or iPod Touch screen.
This is a device limitation.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch through Bluetooth Audio, select SYNC.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch through USB, select Dock Connector.
276
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Issue
SYNC does not understand what I am saying.
SYNC does not understand the name of a song or artist.
Voice command issues
Possible cause Possible solution
You may be using the wrong voice commands.
Review the cell phone voice commands and the media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections.
Refer to the audio display during an active voice session to find a list of voice commands there.
You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time.
The microphone for the system is either in your rear view mirror or in the headliner just above the windshield.
You may be using the wrong voice commands.
Review the media voice commands at the beginning of the media section.
Say the song or artist exactly as the system saved it. If you say, "Play Artist Prince", the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
You may not be saying the name exactly as the system saved it.
Make sure you are saying the complete title such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If the song titles are in capital letters, you have to spell them. LOLA requires you to say "L-O-L-A".
The system may not be reading the name the same way you are saying it.
Do not use special characters in the title, as the system does not recognize them.
SYNC does not understand or is calling the wrong contact when I want to make a call.
You may be using the wrong voice commands.
Review the cell phone voice commands at the beginning of the cell phone section.
You can also use the cell phone and media suggestion lists to get a list of possible suggestions when the system cannot fully
understand you. See Using Voice Recognition (page 246).
277
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Issue
The SYNC voice control system is having trouble recognizing foreign names stored on my cell phone.
Voice command issues
Possible cause
You may not be saying the name exactly as the system saved it.
Possible solution
Make sure you are saying the name exactly as the system saved it. For example, if the contact name is Joe Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".
The system works better if you list full names such as "Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
Contacts in your phonebook may be very short and similar or they may contain special characters.
Your phonebook contacts may be in capital letters.
Do not use special characters such as 123 or ICE as the system does not recognize them.
You may be saying the foreign names using the currently selected language for SYNC.
If the contacts are in capital letters, you have to spell them. JAKE requires you to say "Call J-A-K-E".
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected language to the contact names stored on your cell phone.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact manually. Press PHONE . Select the option for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC will read the contact name to you, giving you some idea of the pronunciation it is expecting.
The SYNC voice control system is having trouble recognizing foreign tracks, artists, albums, genres and playlist names from my media player or USB flash drive.
You may be saying the foreign names using the currently selected language for SYNC.
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected language to the names stored on your media player or USB flash drive. It is able to make some exceptions for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
278
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Issue
The system generates voice prompts and the pronunciation of some words may not be accurate for my language.
Voice command issues
Possible cause
SYNC uses text-tospeech voice prompt technology.
Possible solution
SYNC uses a synthetically generated voice rather than pre-recorded human voice.
SYNC offers several new voice control features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the phonebook without pre-recording (for example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly from your media player (for example," play artist Madonna).
My previous
Bluetooth voice control system allowed me to control the radio, CD, and climate control systems. Why can I not control these systems with SYNC?
The focus of SYNC is to control your mobile devices and the content stored on them.
SYNC offers significant capability beyond the previous system such as dialing a contact name directly from the phonebook without pre-recording (for example, “call
John Smith”) or selecting a track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly from your media player (for example, " play artist
Madonna).
279
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
General
Issue Possible cause Possible solution
The language selected for the instrument cluster and information and entertainment display does not match the
SYNC language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth audio, voice control and voice prompts).
SYNC does not support the currently selected language for the instrument cluster and information and entertainment display.
SYNC only supports four languages in a single module for text display, voice control and voice prompts. The country where you bought your vehicle dictates the four languages based on the most popular languages spoken. If the selected language is not available, SYNC remains in the current active language.
SYNC offers several new voice control features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the phonebook without pre-recording (for example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly from your media player (for example, play artist Madonna).
280
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Issue
AppLink issues
Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s)
AppLink Mobile
Applications:
When I select
"Find New
Apps," SYNC does not find any applications.
My phone is connected, my app(s) are running, but I still cannot find any apps.
An AppLink capable phone is not connected to SYNC.
My phone is connected, but
I still cannot find any apps.
AppLink-enabled apps are not installed and running on your mobile device.
Ensure you have a compatible smartphone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or higher.
Additionally, ensure your phone is paired and connected to SYNC in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on your device.
iPhone users must also connect to SYNC's
USB port with an Apple USB cable.
Ensure you have downloaded and installed the latest version of the app from your phone's app store. Ensure the app is running on your phone. Some apps require you to register or login on the app on the phone before using them with AppLink. Also, some may have a "Ford SYNC" setting, so check the app's settings menu on the phone.
Sometime apps do not properly close and reopen their connection to
SYNC, over ignition cycles, for example.
Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC find the application if you cannot discover it inside the vehicle. On an Android device, if apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit' option, select that then restart the app. If the app does not have that option, you can also manually
"Force Close" the app by going to the phone's settings menu, selecting 'Apps.' then finding the particular app and choosing 'Force stop.' Don't forget to restart the app afterwards, then select "Find New
Apps" on SYNC.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an app, double tab the home button then swipe up on the app to close it. Tab the home button again, then select the app again to restart it. After a few seconds, the app should then appear in SYNC's Mobile
App's Menu.
281
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
SYNC™
Issue
AppLink issues
Possible cause(s)
My iPhone phone is connected, my app is running, I restarted the app but I still cannot find it on
SYNC.
The USB connection to
SYNC may need to be reset.
Possible solution(s)
My Android phone is connected, my app(s) are running, I restarted them, but I still cannot find any apps.
There is a bluetooth bug on some order versions of the Android OS that may cause apps that were found on your previous vehicle drive to not be found again if you have not turned off bluetooth.
Reset the Bluetooth on your phone by turning it off and then turning Bluetooth back on. If you are in your vehicle, SYNC should be able to automatically re-connect to your phone if you press the "Phone" button.
Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait a moment, and plug the USB cable back in to the phone. After a few seconds, the app should appear in SYNC's Mobile Apps
Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application and restart it.
I have an
Android phone.
I found and started my media app on
SYNC, but there is no sound or the sound is very low.
The bluetooth volume on the phone may be low.
Try increasing the Bluetooth volume of the device by using the device's volume control buttons which are most often found on the side of the device.
I can only see some of the
AppLink apps running on my phone listed in
SYNC's Mobile
Apps Menu.
Some Android devices have a limited number of bluetooth ports apps can use to connect. If you have more AppLink apps on your phone than the number of availble
Bluetooth ports, you will not see all of your apps listed in SYNC's mobile apps menu.
Force close or uninstall the apps you do not want SYNC to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the app's settings menu on the phone.
282
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Navigation
Press the relevant button on the unit bezel to access the system functions. This will take you into the selected mode.
For instructions on how to operate the audio unit and the available navigation features, see the relevant audio unit
procedure. See Audio System (page 220).
Loading Map Data
WARNINGS
The indicated maximum speed may not be applicable to your vehicle. It is always your responsibility to control your vehicle, supervise any system and obey the correct speed limit. Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control.
The front glass on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard object. If the glass breaks, do not touch the liquid crystalline material. In case of contact with the skin, wash immediately with soap and water.
Note: Do not switch the ignition on or attempt to start the engine while the software is updating.
Note: Do not clean the unit with solvents or aerosol cleaning agents. Use only a damp cloth.
Note: The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system. If you need a replacement SD card, see an authorized dealer.
Note: The SD card slot is spring-loaded. To remove the SD card, push the card in and release it. Do not attempt to remove the card without first pushing it in. This could cause damage.
1.
Load the navigation SD card into the slot.
2. Press the NAV button. The road safety warning confirms the map data import was successful.
3. The system is now ready to use.
For map updates and system upgrades, see an authorized dealer.
Note: You can only use Ford licensed data.
Road Safety
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
283
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Navigation
Note: You are ultimately responsible for the safe operation of your vehicle and must evaluate whether it is safe to follow route suggestions. Navigation features are provided only as an aid. Driving decisions based on observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations must be observed. Do not follow route suggestions if they would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate due to errors, changes in roads, traffic or driving conditions.
Safety Information
If detailed viewing of route instructions is necessary, pull off the road when it is safe to do so and park your vehicle.
Setting a Route
Note: After the first entry, the country selected will remain the default option until you manually change it.
Press the NAV button and select:
Message
Destination input
Start guidance
Action
Starting at the top, select the country followed by either the postcode or city and street name, together with the house number or intersection. Use the arrow buttons to enter the destination details.
Select this after entering sufficient information.
The route is calculated and the screen returns to the main navigation screen. If prompted, select the type of route you require first. Follow the screen and voice prompts to reach your destination.
Note: If required you can select different character screens by using the up and down arrow buttons.
Note: If you only need to navigate to a city center, just enter the city name and start guidance.
Note: If you only need to navigate to a district, within a city for example, just enter the district name and start guidance.
Menu Structure
You can access the menu using the information and entertainment display
control. See Information Displays (page
For a description on some menu items refer to the relevant table.
Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.
Route
Message
Active guidance
Route sections list
Block next section
284
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Destination input
Traffic
Home address
Last destinations
Favourites
Points of interest
Tour planning
Store position
Route options
Navigation
Message
Unblock route sections
Country
City/postcode
Street
District
Start guidance
TA
TMC for route
All TMC
Block next section
Route sections list
Unblock route sections
Start guidance
Change address
Favourites (A-Z)
POIs nearby
Near destination
Along motorway
POIs near address
Search by name
New tour
Stored tours
Route: Eco
Fast
Short
285
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Navigation
Message
Driver:
Eco settings
Always ask
Leisurely
Normal
Fast
Trailer:
Roof box
Special functions
Dynamic
Motorway
Tunnel
Ferry/motorail
Toll
Seasonal roads
Toll sticker
GPS info
System info
Enter position
Demo mode
Route Options
Press the NAV button and scroll to route options. You can then set your route options for any of the following.
Route:
Message
Always ask
Eco
Fast
Description and Action
Select to make sure that you are always given the choice of route option for your journey.
Uses the most fuel efficient route. Your driving style will influence this.
Uses the fastest route possible.
286
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Short
Driver:
Eco settings
Message
Leisurely
Normal
Fast
Trailer:
Roof box
Dynamic
Motorway
Tunnel
Ferry/motorail
Navigation
Description and Action
Uses the shortest distance possible.
This option will calculate your time of arrival based on a leisurely drive to the destination.
This option will calculate your time of arrival based on a normal drive to the destination.
This option will calculate your time of arrival based on a fast drive to the destination.
Use this feature to change the economy settings of your journey relating to whether or not you are towing a trailer and if so the size of trailer being towed.
Use this feature to change the economy settings of your journey relating to the use of a roof box.
When switched on, and if the unit is receiving a valid traffic message channel signal, the route will be automatically updated to take into account real time traffic incidents or congestion. This feature can be useful in avoiding delays or hold ups on journeys.
When switched off the system will avoid freeways on your route and automatically update your route distance and timings.
When switched off the system will avoid tunnels on your route and automatically update your route distance and timings.
When switched off the system will avoid ferry crossings and car train facilities on your route and automatically update your route distance and timings.
287
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Navigation
Message
Toll
Seasonal roads
Toll sticker
Description and Action
When switched off the system will avoid toll roads on your route and automatically update your route distance and timings.
When switched off the system will avoid seasonal roads (for example, mountain passes) on your route and automatically update your route distance and timings.
When switched off the system will avoid toll routes and automatically update your route distance and timings.
Information
Press the information button to view details of your current location or journey.
During active route guidance pressing this button will repeat the last navigation instruction.
Setting Your Navigation
Preferences
Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route.
Press the NAV button and choose any of the following options.
Message Description and Action
Destination input
Traffic
Enter your destination details (for example enter city names, enter street names or pick a place from a map).
Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route (for example, block sections on route).
Home address
Last destinations
Favourites
Points of interest
Tour planning
See the location on the map currently stored as the home position. Only one entry can be saved as the home address.
Access a history of previous destinations entered in the system. Select the required repeat destination from the list.
See a list of your saved favorites.
Search for and select points of interest nearby, on your route or at your destination. You can search by name or by category.
Set up and store a new tour by entering a number of different destinations and select the order in which you wish to visit them. You can also modify an existing tour or recall a previous tour. The system will automatically calculate and display your chosen journey.
288
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Navigation
Message
Store position
Route options
Special functions
Description and Action
Store and name your current position. This will automatically save in your favorites.
Set your route options from the available list.
Select GPS and system information or a demonstration of the system functionality.
Select a demonstration mode where the system will simulate a journey whilst the vehicle is stationary. You can manually select a vehicle start position.
Press the MENU button, select the navigation option and choose any of the following options.
Message
Route options
Map display
Assistance options
Personal data
Reset all settings
Description and Action
Set your route options.
Customize the map display for your journey (for example arrows on map, arrival times and map content).
Customize display information for your journey (for example signs, lanes and speed limits). Turn the hazard warning feature on or off.
Delete personal data (for example your home address).
Reset the navigation settings.
Storing Your Home Address
1.
Press the NAV button.
2. Select the home address option.
3. Enter the required details using the arrow buttons.
4. Press the confirm function button.
Note: Your last destination will automatically display if you go to change your home address.
Adding a Favorite
1.
Press the NAV button.
2. Scroll to the destination input option.
3. Enter the required details using the arrow buttons.
4. Press the store function button.
Note: If you select store position, this will also save the destination in your favorites.
Selecting a Favorite
1.
Press the NAV button.
2. Select the favorites option.
3. Scroll to the required destination using the arrow buttons.
4. Press the OK button to start navigation.
289
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Navigation
Adjusting the Navigation Voice Level
You can adjust the voice prompt level during an active voice prompt by using the volume control.
Note: During active route guidance pressing the information button will repeat the last navigation instruction.
Nav Audio Mixing
This feature allows you to adjust the volume mix between the audio unit and navigation voice level.
Tolerant Destination Input
This function will search a number of destinations with a similar spelling to what you have entered. This is helpful if you are unsure on how to spell a destination.
Tolerant
Message
Then begin to input your destination. Press the OK button. The system will search for destinations with similar spellings. Use the arrow buttons to select a destination from the list and press the OK button to confirm your destination.
Route Displays
Map Display
Press the MAP button to view map mode.
This view will show your current location with your vehicle in the center shown as an arrow surrounded by a circle. The arrow will face in the direction of travel.
The information on the top line gives the name of the current road, or the next road to take if a turn is approaching.
You can change the way the map is displayed by altering the zoom and orientation settings. Press function button one. The current map scale is shown on the display.
Action
Press the NAV button and scroll to this destination input option before entering your destination details.
Map scale settings may be set between
0.05 miles to 500 miles or 50 meters to
500 kilometers, with an auto setting on the top. The auto setting continuously changes the map scale according to vehicle speed and the road type being driven.
You can use the arrow buttons to change the view to 2D, turn-by-turn, 3D or a clean view.
Zoom
This feature will automatically increase the zoom on the map display at times when you are required to make a turn, or perform more complex maneuvers. Shortly after the zoom scale will return to the previous level when in auto mode.
Manual: Press function button one and adjust the setting using the left or right arrow buttons. Press OK to confirm your setting.
Auto: Press function button one and using the up or down arrow key select the auto option. Press OK to confirm your setting.
290
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Navigation
Move
When you are in map mode, press function button two. You can now use the arrow buttons on the audio unit to move around the map.
Press function button two again to return to the original view.
Navigation Display
After commencing a navigation route, the default screen is the main navigation screen.
Once an active route is underway, guidance will be given by on-screen information and voice prompts. Whichever audio source you wish to leave the unit in, basic turn by turn and distance information will remain on the screen in the form of a graphic inset.
You do not need to leave the unit on the main navigation screen when you are navigating a route. Press the MAP button at any time to return to the main navigation screen. Slightly more detailed information on your route may be available using the main navigation screen if required.
Hazard Spot Warning
The system supports a hazard spot warning feature which informs you with visible and audible feedback about hazardous traffic areas.
Message
Assistance options
Note: This feature is only available in certain countries.
Navigation Map Updates
Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase. See an authorized dealer.
Type Approvals
Description
You can switch the system on and off using the information and entertainment display menu. Refer to this option in the navigation menu.
SD Logo is a trademark.
The navigation software is based in part on the work of the FreeType team © 2006
The navigation software is based in part on the work of the independent JPEG
Group.
291
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNINGS
Your vehicle has been tested and certified to legislations relating to electromagnetic compatibility
(72/245/EEC, UN ECE Regulation 10 or other applicable local requirements). It is your responsibility to make sure that any equipment you have fitted complies with applicable local legislations. Have any equipment fitted by an authorized dealer.
WARNINGS
The radio frequency transmitter equipment, for example cellular telephones and amateur radio transmitters, may only be fitted to your vehicle if they keep to the parameters shown in the table below. There are no special provisions or conditions for installations or use.
Do not mount any transceiver, microphones, speakers, or any other item in the deployment path of the airbag system.
Do not fasten antenna cables to original vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and brake pipes.
Keep antenna and power cables at least 3.9 in (10 cm) from any electronic modules and airbags.
Frequency Band
MHz
Maximum output power Watt (Peak
RMS)
1-30 50 W
30-54
68-87.5
142-176
380-512
806-940
50 W
50 W
50 W
50 W
10 W
292
Antenna Positions
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
2
1, 2
1, 2
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
•
Frequency Band
MHz
Maximum output power Watt (Peak
RMS)
1200-1400 10 W
1710-1885
1885-2025
Note: After the installation of radio frequency transmitters, check for disturbances from and to all electrical equipment in your vehicle, both in the standby and transmit modes.
Check all electrical equipment:
• With the ignition on.
• With the engine running.
During a road test at various speeds.
Check that electromagnetic fields generated inside your vehicle cabin by the transmitter installed do not exceed applicable human exposure requirements.
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
10 W
10 W
SYNC® End User License
Agreement (EULA)
• You have acquired a device ("DEVICE") that includes software licensed by Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation
("MS") . Those installed software products of MS origin, as well as associated media, printed materials,
Antenna Positions
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2 and "online" or electronic documentation ("MS SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties.
The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY. The additional software and systems of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("FORD SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties.
The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
293
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
• The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD
SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers. The additional software and services of third party origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The MS SOFTWARE, FORD
SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as
"SOFTWARE".
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL
CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO
THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY
PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
• Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
• Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not distribute, copy, make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
• Single EULA: The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs, such as multiple translations and/or multiple media versions (e.g., in the user documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE.
294
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA.
• Security Updates/Digital Rights
Management: Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property, included copyrighted content. Portions of the
SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use
WMDRM software to access
WMDRM-protected content. If the
WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask
Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE's ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. This action does not affect unprotected content. When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content, you agree that
Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses. Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content.
If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade.
• Consent to Use of Data: You agree that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.
• Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You acknowledge and agree that MS,
Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the
SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the
SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates,
295
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components").
If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental
Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply.
If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components, and no other EULA terms are provided, then the terms of this EULA shall apply, except that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental
Component(s) shall be the licensor of the
Supplemental Component(s).
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE.
• Links to Third Party Sites: The MS
SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE. The third party sites are not under the control of
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft
Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for
(i) the contents of any third party sites, any links contained in third party sites, or any changes or updates to third party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites, those links are provided to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD
ROM disk(s) or via web download or other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
296
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft
Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or their affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service providers, their affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and European Union export jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments. For additional information, see http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, third party software or service providers, their affiliates or suppliers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS, its parent corporation Microsoft
Corporation, or their affiliates or subsidiaries. For product support, please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE. Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR
COMPANY for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND
THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS,
MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR
THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO
HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S.
$250.00).
• THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER
THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY
BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
297
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
Adobe
Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or
[AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems
Incorporated. This [Licensee Product] contains [Adobe® Flash® Player]
[Adobe® AIR®] software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated,
Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe
Macromedia Software LLC. All rights reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
End User Notice
Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for
Automotive Important Safety
Information
This system Ford SYNC™ contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer
FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement. Any removal, reproduction, reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action.
Read and follow instructions: Before using your Windows Automotive- based system, read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual ("User's Guide"). Not following precautions found in this User's
Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences.
Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When kept in the vehicle, the User's Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows
Automotive-based system. Please make certain that before using the system for the first time, all persons have access to the User's Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully.
WARNING
Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road, and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences. Do not change system settings or enter data non-verbally
(using your hands) while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations. This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel.
General Operation
Voice Command Control: Functions within the Windows Automotive-based system may be accomplished using only voice commands. Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel.
Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving.
Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time.
Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident.
298
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
Use of Speech Recognition Functions:
Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors.
Navigation Features: Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination. Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully.
Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences.
Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations.
Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions.
Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes.
Emergency Services: Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features.
TeleNav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, do not break the seal of the package, launch, or otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time, with or without notice to you. You agree to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to time to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention, and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software: (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
299
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices places you in an unsafe situation, or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c) do not input destinations, or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d) do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device (such as an airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle, including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with true, accurate, current, and complete information about yourself, and (b) to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information, and to keep it true, accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software license), without the right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this
Agreement. You agree that you will use the
TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes, and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
You agree not to do any of the following:
(a) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, modify, alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive the source code, audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav; (c) remove from the TeleNav Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or its suppliers' trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others, except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software; or (e) use the TeleNav Software in any manner that (i) infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party, (ii) violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming, privacy, consumer and child protection, obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav
Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav.
300
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
4. Disclaimers
To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, in no event will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers, or agents or employees of any of the foregoing, be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav
Software. TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software. Such data may not always reflect reality due to, among other things, road closures, construction, weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the
TeleNav Software. For example but without limitation, you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well-being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications, especially in more remote geographical areas.
TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND
EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM
COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR
TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, so this limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY
FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR
EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN
EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE
THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA,
LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS,
LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT
OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR
OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF
TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S
SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR
THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME
STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION
OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS
OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO
YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
You agree that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration
Association in the County of Santa Clara,
California. The arbitrator shall apply the
301
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties. You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial.
This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration, both TeleNav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara, California. The
United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply.
7. Assignment
You may not resell, assign, or transfer this
Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the
TeleNav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the
TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement, without liability to TeleNav, in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice, provided the assignee remains bound by this
Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to, or shall be, granted or conferred by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications, including notices, agreements, legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices") electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device. If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically, you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party's right to require performance at any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself.
302
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
8.5
If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words "include" and "including" and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
The TeleNav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to TeleNav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users. This Agreement includes end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this
Agreement), and thus your use of the
TeleNav Software is also subject to such terms. You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions, which are applicable to TeleNav's third party vendor licensors:
NavTeq End User License Agreement
END USER TERMS
The content provided ("Data") is licensed, not sold. By opening this package, or installing, copying, or otherwise using the
Data, you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement, you are not permitted to install, copy, use, resell or transfer the Data. If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement, and have not installed, copied, or used the Data, you must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ
North America, LLC ("NT") within thirty
(30) days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price. To contact NT, please visit www.navteq.com.
The Data is provided for your personal, internal use only and may not be resold. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms (this "End User License
Agreement") and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and
NAVTEQ North America, LLC ("NT") and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.
The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®.
NT holds a nonexclusive license from the
United States Postal Service ® to publish and sell ZIP+4 ® information.
© United States Postal Service ® 2009.
Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal
Service ® The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4.
The Data for Mexico includes certain Data from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
License Limitations on Use: You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal, noncommercial purposes, and not for service bureau, timesharing or other similar purposes. Except as otherwise set forth herein, you agree not to otherwise
303
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.
License Limitations on Transfer: Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data, except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if: (a) you retain no copies of the
Data; (b) the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement; and
(c) you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media (e.g., the
CD-ROM or DVD you purchased), all original packaging, all Manuals and other documentation. Specifically, Multi-disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof.
Additional License Limitations: Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NT in a separate written agreement, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement, and you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with, or in communication with, including without limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.
WARNING
This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty: This Data is provided to you
"as is" , and you agree to use it at your own risk. NT and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: NT AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: NT AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY
LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS
304
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS
DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS
OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR
BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NT OR
ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.
Export Control: You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S.
Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S.
Department of Commerce. To the extent that any such export laws, rules or regulations prohibit NT from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement: These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NT (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.
Severability: You and NT agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the
Agreement shall be given full force and effect.
Governing Law: The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for
Contracts for the International Sale of
Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.
Government End Users: If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
"commercial term" as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. ("FAR") 2.101, is licensed in accordance with this End User License
Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following "Notice of Use", and be treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR
(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
NAME:
NAVTEQ
CONTRACTOR
(MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL
60606.
305
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices
This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101
and is subject to the End User License
Agreement under which this Data was provided.
© 2011 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.
Wi-Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire, ©
2013 JiWire.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and service may practice one or more of the following U.S. Patents #5,987,525,
#6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132,
#6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459,
#6,330,593 and other patents issued or pending. Some services supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent: #6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device.
This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote.
You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") ,
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal, non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content,
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote
Data (except in a Tag associated with a music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE
NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE
CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS
EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your licenses terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers. Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote
306
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Appendices become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide, including any copyrighted material or music file information. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, collectively or separately, under this agreement against you, directly in each company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER.
© Gracenote 2007.
FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2
IC: 1422A-SYNCG2
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term "IC" before the radio certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
307
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
308
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
A
A/C
See: Climate Control...........................................85
About This Manual...........................................7
ABS
See: Brakes............................................................128
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes................................................................128
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................10
Active City Stop............................................140
Principle of Operation......................................140
Switching the System Off and On...............140
Adjusting the Steering Wheel.....................51
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control...........................................85
Air Vents............................................................85
Center Air Vents....................................................85
Side Air Vents........................................................86
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................48
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................48
Alarm System........................................................48
Arming the Alarm................................................50
Disarming the Alarm...........................................50
Full Guard and Reduced....................................49
Triggering the Alarm...........................................49
Appendices....................................................292
At a Glance.........................................................11
Audible Warnings and Indicators -
Automatic Transmission...........................74
Automatic Transmission Warning
Chime...................................................................74
Headlamps On Warning Chime......................74
Key in Ignition Warning Chime.........................74
Parking Brake On Warning Chime..................74
Audible Warnings and Indicators -
Manual Transmission.................................73
Headlamps On Warning Chime......................74
Key in Ignition Warning Chime.........................73
Parking Brake On Warning Chime..................74
Audio Control....................................................51
Type 1........................................................................52
Type 2........................................................................52
Audio Input Jack...........................................242
Audio System................................................220
General Information.........................................220
Audio Troubleshooting..............................244
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB) Radio/
SYNC.............................................................230
Alternative Frequencies..................................234
Automatic Volume Control............................233
Autostore Control..............................................233
News Broadcasts...............................................234
Radio Button........................................................232
Regional Mode....................................................234
Sound Button......................................................232
Station Preset Buttons....................................232
Station Tuning Control.....................................232
Traffic Information Control.............................233
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/
Digital Audio Broadcast (DAB)
Radio...............................................................221
Alternative Frequencies...................................225
Bluetooth Audio Streaming...........................228
Declaration of Conformity..............................229
iPod.........................................................................228
Making and Receiving Calls............................227
News Broadcasts...............................................224
Phone.....................................................................225
Phone Menu Options........................................227
Radio Button........................................................223
Regional Mode....................................................225
Set Button.............................................................223
Station Preset Buttons....................................223
Station Tuning Control.....................................223
Traffic Information Control............................224
USB.........................................................................228
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Digital Audio
Broadcast (DAB) Radio/Navigation
System..........................................................235
Alternative Frequencies..................................240
Automatic Volume Control............................239
Autostore Control..............................................238
Digital Signal Processing................................239
News Broadcasts..............................................240
Radio Button........................................................237
Regional Mode...................................................240
Sound Button......................................................237
Station Preset Buttons....................................238
Station Tuning Control....................................238
Traffic Information Control............................238
309
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Autolamps........................................................58
Automatic Climate Control........................87
Mono Mode............................................................89
Switching Mono Mode Back On.....................89
Switching Mono Mode Off...............................89
Temperature Control..........................................88
Automatic Transmission............................124
Emergency Park Position Release
Lever...................................................................126
Hints on Driving with an Automatic
Transmission...................................................125
Selector Lever Positions...................................124
Sport Mode and Manual Shifting.................125
Auto-Start-Stop............................................116
To Re-Start the Engine......................................116
To Stop the Engine..............................................116
Using Auto-Start-Stop......................................116
Autowipers.......................................................54
Auxiliary Heater...............................................92
Fuel Operated Heater.........................................95
Fuel Operated Parking Heater.........................92
Auxiliary Power Points...............................108
12 Volt DC Power Point.....................................108
B
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........170
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check..................179
Brakes...............................................................128
General Information..........................................128
Breaking-In......................................................152
Brakes and Clutch...............................................152
Engine......................................................................152
Tires..........................................................................152
Bulb Specification Chart............................187
C
Capacities and Specifications.................214
Cargo Nets.......................................................143
Installing the Net................................................143
Removing the Net..............................................144
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................195
Catalytic Converter......................................120
Driving with a Catalytic Converter................120
Center Console.............................................109
Changing a Bulb............................................183
Cargo Area Lamp................................................187
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp.............186
Direction Indicator..............................................184
Front Fog Lamps................................................185
Front Interior Lamp............................................186
Front Interior LED Lamps................................186
Headlamp..............................................................183
Headlamp High Beam......................................184
Headlamp Low Beam.......................................184
License Plate Lamp...........................................186
Reading Lamps....................................................187
Rear Lamps...........................................................185
Side Direction Indicator....................................185
Side Lamp.............................................................184
Changing a Fuse...........................................168
Fuses.......................................................................168
Changing a Road Wheel...........................205
Installing a Road Wheel..................................209
Jacking and Lifting Points..............................206
Lowering the Spare Wheel............................208
Lug Nuts................................................................205
Removing a Road Wheel................................208
Removing the Wheel Trim.............................208
Stowing the Flat Tire.........................................210
Vehicle Jack.........................................................206
Vehicles with a Spare Wheel........................205
Changing the 12V Battery.........................180
Changing the Wiper Blades.......................181
Changing the Front Wiper Blades.................181
Rear Window Wiper Blades............................182
Setting the Front Wipers in the Service
Position...............................................................181
Checking the Wiper Blades......................180
Child Safety.......................................................27
Child Safety Locks.........................................34
Left-Hand Side......................................................34
Right-Hand Side...................................................34
Child Seat Positioning...................................31
Cigar Lighter...................................................108
Cleaning the Alloy Wheels........................196
Cleaning the Exterior...................................195
Body Paintwork Preservation........................195
Cleaning the Chrome Trim..............................195
Cleaning the Headlamps.................................195
Cleaning the Rear Window.............................195
310
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Cleaning the Interior....................................195
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens and Radio Screens........................................195
Rear Windows.....................................................196
Safety Belts..........................................................195
Climate Control..............................................85
Principle of Operation........................................85
Clock....................................................................79
Type 1.........................................................................79
Type 2........................................................................79
Cold Weather Precautions........................153
Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check.............................179
Cornering Lamps.............................................61
Cruise Control..................................................53
Principle of Operation.......................................138
Cruise control
See: Using Cruise Control................................138
Cup Holders...................................................109
D
Data Recording..................................................9
Daytime Running Lamps............................60
Diesel Particulate Filter...............................113
Regeneration.........................................................113
Digital Radio...................................................241
Direction Indicators.......................................62
DPF
See: Diesel Particulate Filter............................113
Driver Airbag....................................................38
Driving Aids.....................................................139
Driving Hints....................................................152
Driving Through Water................................153
DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps........................60
E
Economical Driving......................................152
Accessories...........................................................153
Anticipation...........................................................153
Efficient Speed....................................................153
Electrical Systems..............................................153
Gear Shifting.........................................................152
Tire Pressures.......................................................152
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............292
End User License Agreement..................293
SYNC® End User License Agreement
(EULA)..............................................................293
Engine Block Heater.....................................114
Using the Engine Block Heater.......................115
Engine Coolant Check.................................179
Adding Engine Coolant.....................................179
Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................48
Engine Oil Check...........................................178
Adding Engine Oil................................................179
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.0L
EcoBoost™..................................................178
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi
(DV) Diesel...................................................178
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L
EcoBoost™..................................................178
Event Data Recording
See: Data Recording..............................................9
Exterior Mirrors................................................67
Fold Away Exterior Mirrors................................67
Power Exterior Mirrors.........................................67
F
Fastening the Safety Belts..........................35
Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy...........36
First Aid Kit......................................................155
Flat Tire Inflation
See: Temporary Mobility Kit............................197
Floor Mats........................................................153
Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps........................................60
Fog Lamps - Rear
See: Rear Fog Lamps.........................................60
Folding Bulkhead..........................................145
Moving the Folding Bulkhead to the
Forward Position............................................145
Folding Tray....................................................109
Front Exterior Overview.................................11
Front Fog Lamps............................................60
Fuel and Refueling........................................118
Fuel Burning Heater
See: Auxiliary Heater...........................................92
Fuel Consumption Figures........................219
1.0L EcoBoost.......................................................219
1.6L DuraTorq-TDCi Diesel..............................219
1.6L EcoBoost.......................................................219
311
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Fuel Consumption........................................122
Calculating Fuel Economy...............................123
Filling the Fuel Tank...........................................123
Fuel Quality - Diesel.....................................119
Long-Term Storage.............................................119
Fuel Quality - Gasoline................................119
Long-Term Storage.............................................119
Fuel Shutoff....................................................155
Ignition Switch.....................................................155
Keyless Starting...................................................155
Fuse Box Locations......................................158
Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................158
Luggage Compartment Fuse Box................158
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............158
Fuses.................................................................158
Fuse Specification Chart...........................159
Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................159
Load Compartment Fuse Box.......................165
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............163
G
Gauges...............................................................70
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............70
Fuel Gauge...............................................................71
Information Display.............................................70
General Information on Radio
Frequencies....................................................41
Global Opening and Closing......................66
Global Closing.......................................................66
Global Opening....................................................66
H
Handbrake
See: Parking Brake.............................................128
Hazard Warning Flashers...........................155
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................59
Headlamp Leveling.......................................60
Head Restraints..............................................97
Adjusting the Head Restraints.........................97
Removing the Head Restraints.......................98
Heated Seats.................................................106
Heated Windows and Mirrors.....................91
Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................92
Heated Rear Window..........................................92
Heated Windshield..............................................92
I
Heating
See: Climate Control...........................................85
Hill Start Assist - Automatic
Transmission...............................................129
Using Hill Start Assist.......................................130
Hill Start Assist - Manual
Transmission...............................................129
Switching the System On and Off...............129
Using Hill Start Assist.......................................129
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate...........................................................89
Cooling the Interior Quickly..............................89
General Hints.........................................................89
Heating the Interior Quickly.............................89
Maximum Cooling Performance in
Instrument Panel or Instrument Panel and Footwell Positions.................................90
Recommended Settings for Cooling ...........90
Recommended Settings for Heating...........89
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather..............................................................90
Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods
During Extreme High Ambient
Temperatures...................................................90
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................128
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........170
Ignition Switch.................................................111
Information Display Control.......................53
Information Displays.....................................75
General Information............................................75
Information Messages.................................80
Installing Child Seats.....................................27
Attaching a Child Seat With a Support
Leg........................................................................30
Attaching a Child Seat With Top
Tethers................................................................30
Booster Seats........................................................28
Child Seats for Different Mass Groups.........28
ISOFIX Anchor Points.........................................29
Instrument Cluster.........................................70
Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................59
Instrument Panel Overview.........................17
Instrument Panel Overview - LHD............14
312
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Instrument Panel Overview - RHD...........15
Interior Lamps - Vehicles With:
Panoramic Roof Panel..............................63
Center Mounted Lamp.......................................63
Luggage Compartment Lamp........................63
Side Mounted Lamp...........................................63
Interior Lamps - Vehicles Without:
Panoramic Roof Panel..............................62
Courtesy Lamp......................................................62
Luggage Compartment Lamp........................62
Reading Lamps.....................................................62
Interior Mirror...................................................68
Auto-Dimming Mirror.........................................68
Introduction.........................................................7
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................156
Connecting the Jumper Cables.....................156
Jump Starting.......................................................157
Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................156
Removing the Jumper Cables........................157
K
Keys and Remote Controls..........................41
L
Lighting Control...............................................57
Headlamp Flasher...............................................58
High Beams............................................................58
Home Safe Lighting............................................58
Lighting Control Positions.................................57
Parking Lamps.......................................................57
Lighting...............................................................57
General Information............................................57
Load Carriers
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers.............144
Load Carrying.................................................142
General Information..........................................142
Locking and Unlocking.................................43
Automatic Locking...............................................45
Automatic Re-Locking.......................................45
Automatic Unlocking..........................................45
Configurable Unlocking.....................................46
Double Locking.....................................................43
Locking.....................................................................43
Locking and Unlocking Confirmation...........43
Locking and Unlocking the Doors From
Inside...................................................................44
Locking the Doors Individually With the
Key........................................................................44
One-Stage Unlocking.........................................45
Opening the Double Rear Doors....................44
Opening the Sliding Door..................................44
Rear Emergency Exit...........................................45
Two-Stage Unlocking.........................................45
Unlocking................................................................43
Locks...................................................................43
Luggage Anchor Points..............................142
Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................205
M
Maintenance...................................................170
General Information..........................................170
Technical Specifications - 1.0L
EcoBoost™.......................................................191
Technical Specifications - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel.......................189
Technical Specifications - 1.6L
EcoBoost™......................................................192
Manual Climate Control..............................86
Manual Liftgate..............................................46
Opening and Closing the Liftgate..................46
Manual Seats..................................................98
Adjusting the Height of the Driver
Seat......................................................................99
Adjusting the Lumbar Support.......................99
Dual Passenger Seat........................................100
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward..............................................................98
Recline Adjustment............................................99
Single Passenger Seat.......................................99
Manual Transmission - 5-Speed Manual
Transmission...............................................124
Selecting Reverse Gear.....................................124
313
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Manual Transmission - 6-Speed Manual
Transmission...............................................124
Selecting Reverse Gear.....................................124
Media Hub......................................................243
Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................75
Mirrors
See: Heated Windows and Mirrors.................91
See: Windows and Mirrors................................64
Mobile Communications
Equipment......................................................10
N
Navigation......................................................283
Hazard Spot Warning........................................291
Information..........................................................288
Loading Map Data.............................................283
Menu Structure..................................................284
Navigation Map Updates.................................291
Road Safety.........................................................283
Route Options....................................................286
Setting a Route..................................................284
Setting Your Navigation Preferences.........288
Type Approvals....................................................291
O
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................178
Opening and Closing the Hood...............170
Closing the Hood..................................................171
Opening the Hood..............................................170
Overhead Console.......................................109
Rear Door Storage Compartment...............109
P
Parking Aid......................................................133
Front and Rear Sensing System....................135
Rear Sensing System........................................134
Parking Aids....................................................133
Principle of Operation.......................................133
Parking Brake.................................................128
Passenger Airbag...........................................39
Switching the Passenger Airbag Off.............39
Switching the Passenger Airbag On.............40
Passive Anti-Theft System........................48
Arming the Engine Immobilizer......................48
Coded Keys............................................................48
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer................48
Principle of Operation........................................48
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................48
Personalized Settings...................................79
Measure Units........................................................79
Switching Chimes Off.........................................79
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................43
Power Windows - Vehicles With:
One-Touch Down Driver Window.........64
Accessory Delay...................................................64
One-Touch Down.................................................64
Power Windows - Vehicles With: Rear
Power Windows .........................................64
Accessory Delay...................................................66
Bounce-Back.........................................................65
One-Touch Down.................................................65
One-Touch Up.......................................................65
Window Lock.........................................................65
R
Rear Exterior Overview..................................12
Rear Fog Lamps.............................................60
Rear Passenger Climate Controls.............91
Rear Seat Armrest........................................107
Rear Seats.......................................................102
Vehicles With Five Seats..................................102
Vehicles With Seven Seats.............................104
Rear Under Floor Storage..........................143
Adjustable Load Floor.......................................143
Passenger Compartment Floor.....................143
Rear View Camera.......................................136
Switching the Rear View Camera Off..........137
Switching the Rear View Camera On..........136
Using the Display................................................136
Vehicles With Parking Aid................................137
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................136
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........55
Rear Window Washer.........................................56
Rear Window Wiper............................................55
Reduced Engine Performance.................152
314
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Refueling...........................................................121
Filling a Portable Fuel Container...................122
Remote Control...............................................41
Changing the Remote Control Battery.........41
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function...............................................................41
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............196
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................10
Collision Repairs....................................................10
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs.................................................................10
Warranty on Replacement Parts....................10
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control.............................................................42
Roadside Emergencies...............................155
Roof Racks and Load Carriers.................144
Maximum Load Weights..................................145
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................152
Running Out of Fuel.....................................119
Refilling With a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................120
S
Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................36
Safety Belt Minder..........................................37
Turning the Safety Belt Minder Off................37
Safety Belts......................................................35
Safety Precautions.......................................118
Seats...................................................................97
Security..............................................................48
Side Airbags.....................................................40
Side Curtain Airbags.....................................40
Sitting in the Correct Position....................97
Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains..................................201
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control............................................138
Speed Limiter.................................................139
Principle of Operation.......................................139
Using the System...............................................139
Stability Control............................................132
Principle of Operation.......................................132
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch.............................................111
Starting a Diesel Engine..............................113
Cold or Hot Engine...............................................113
Failure to Start......................................................113
Starting a Gasoline Engine - Automatic
Transmission................................................112
Cold or Hot Engine...............................................112
Engine Idle Speed after Starting....................113
Flooded Engine.....................................................113
Starting a Gasoline Engine - Manual
Transmission................................................112
Cold or Hot Engine...............................................112
Engine Idle Speed after Starting....................112
Failure to Start......................................................112
Flooded Engine.....................................................112
Starting and Stopping the Engine............111
General Information............................................111
Steering Wheel Lock......................................111
Steering Wheel.................................................51
Storage Compartments............................109
Sun Shades......................................................68
Bounce-Back.........................................................68
Opening and Closing the Sun Shade...........68
Sun Shade Relearning.......................................68
Supplementary Restraints System.........38
Principle of Operation........................................38
Switching Off the Engine............................114
Vehicles With a Turbocharger.........................114
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ Applications and
Services........................................................260
In the Event of a Crash.....................................262
Switching Emergency Assistance On and
Off........................................................................261
SYNC AppLink.....................................................263
SYNC Emergency Assistance........................261
SYNC™............................................................245
General Information.........................................245
SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................273
T
Tailgate
See: Manual Liftgate...........................................46
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications.............214
315
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Temporary Mobility Kit................................197
Checking the Tire Pressure............................200
General Information...........................................197
Inflating the Tire..................................................198
Using the Kit..........................................................197
Tire Care...........................................................201
Tire Inflation When Punctured
See: Temporary Mobility Kit............................197
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........202
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................203
How Temperature Affects the Tire
Pressures.........................................................202
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset
Procedure........................................................204
Understanding the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System..............................................................203
Tire Repair Kit
See: Temporary Mobility Kit............................197
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires.......................................197
Towbar Dimensions.....................................216
Towing a Trailer.............................................148
Towing Points................................................149
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Automatic Transmission..........................151
Emergency Towing..............................................151
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Manual Transmission..............................150
Towing..............................................................148
Traction Control.............................................131
Principle of Operation........................................131
Trailer Sway Control....................................149
Transmission..................................................124
Transmission
See: Transmission..............................................124
Transporting the Vehicle...........................150
Trip Computer..................................................79
Average Fuel...........................................................79
Digital Speedometer...........................................79
Distance to Empty...............................................79
Resetting the Trip Computer............................79
Trip Odometer.......................................................79
U
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L EcoBoost™,
LHD..................................................................172
Under Hood Overview - 1.0L EcoBoost™,
RHD.................................................................173
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, LHD.........176
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L
Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel, RHD.........177
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L EcoBoost™,
LHD..................................................................174
Under Hood Overview - 1.6L EcoBoost™,
RHD.................................................................175
Unique Driving Characteristics.................116
USB Port - Vehicles With: Double
Passenger Seat..........................................243
USB Port - Vehicles With: Single
Passenger Seat..........................................243
Using Cruise Control....................................138
Switching Cruise Control Off.........................138
Switching Cruise Control On..........................138
Using Snow Chains......................................201
Vehicles with Stability Control......................201
Using Stability Control................................132
Switching the System Off and On Using the
Information Display Controls....................132
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch.................................................................132
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player.............................................................267
Accessing Your USB Song Library.................271
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings.............................................................273
Connecting Your Media Player to the USB
Port.....................................................................267
Media Menu Features.......................................270
Media Voice Commands................................268
What's Playing?.................................................268
316
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............249
Accessing Features Through the Cell Phone
Menu..................................................................254
Accessing Your Cell Phone Settings...........257
Bluetooth Devices.............................................258
Cell Phone Options During an Active
Call.....................................................................253
Cell Phone Voice Commands.......................250
Making a Call.......................................................252
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time...................................................................249
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones.................250
Receiving a Call..................................................253
Text Messaging...................................................255
Using Traction Control.................................131
Switching the System Off and On Using the
Information Display Controls.....................131
Switching the System Off Using a
Switch.................................................................131
Using Voice Recognition...........................246
Helpful Hints.......................................................246
Initiating a Voice Session.................................247
System Interaction and Feedback...............247
Using Winter Tires........................................201
V
Vehicle Care....................................................195
Vehicle Dimensions - Long Wheelbase
Double Cab in Van.....................................214
Vehicle Dimensions............................................214
Vehicle Dimensions - Long Wheelbase
Kombi.............................................................214
Vehicle Dimensions............................................214
Vehicle Dimensions - Short Wheelbase
Double Cab in Van.....................................215
Vehicle Dimensions............................................215
Vehicle Dimensions - Short Wheelbase
Kombi.............................................................215
Vehicle Dimensions............................................215
Vehicle Identification Number.................218
Vehicle Identification Plate........................217
Vehicle Interior Overview..............................13
Ventilation
See: Climate Control...........................................85
Vents
See: Air Vents........................................................85
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number.............218
Voice Control....................................................53
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators..................71
Anti-Lock Braking System Warning
Lamp.....................................................................71
Battery Warning Lamp.........................................71
Brake System Warning Lamp...........................71
Cruise Control Indicator......................................71
Direction Indicator.................................................71
Engine Oil Warning Lamp..................................72
Engine Warning Lamps.......................................72
Fasten Safety Belt Warning Lamp.................72
Front Airbag Warning Lamp.............................72
Front Fog Lamps Indicator................................72
Frost warning lamp..............................................72
Glow Plug Indicator..............................................73
Headlamp and Parking Lamp
Indicator..............................................................73
High Beam Indicator............................................73
Information Indicator..........................................73
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp........................73
Rear Fog Lamps Indicator.................................73
Shift Indicator........................................................73
Stability Control Off Indicator..........................73
Stability Control Warning Lamp.....................73
Start-Stop Indicator............................................73
Warning Triangle...........................................155
Washer Fluid Check....................................180
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................195
See: Wipers and Washers.................................54
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................205
317
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
Index
Wheels and Tires..........................................197
General Information...........................................197
Technical Specifications - Long Wheelbase
Double Cab in Van.........................................213
Technical Specifications - Long Wheelbase
Kombi..................................................................211
Technical Specifications - Long Wheelbase
Van.......................................................................212
Technical Specifications - Short Wheelbase
Double Cab in Van.........................................213
Technical Specifications - Short Wheelbase
Kombi.................................................................210
Technical Specifications - Short Wheelbase
Van.......................................................................212
Windows and Mirrors...................................64
Windshield Washers.....................................55
Windshield Wipers........................................54
Intermittent Wipe.................................................54
Speed Dependent Wipers................................54
Winter Tires
See: Using Winter Tires....................................201
Wipers and Washers.....................................54
318
Tourneo Connect/Transit Connect (CHC) Vehicles Built From: 22-04-2014 Vehicles Built Up To: 03-05-2015, CG3623en enGBR, Edition date: 04/2014, Second Printing
CG3623en
Download
Advertisement